WO2001042411A1 - Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants - Google Patents

Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001042411A1
WO2001042411A1 PCT/US2000/033411 US0033411W WO0142411A1 WO 2001042411 A1 WO2001042411 A1 WO 2001042411A1 US 0033411 W US0033411 W US 0033411W WO 0142411 A1 WO0142411 A1 WO 0142411A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
composition
group
branched
linear
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2000/033411
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Glenn Thomas Jordan, Iv
William Michael Scheper
Mark Robert Sivik
Bernard William Kluesener
Original Assignee
The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Procter & Gamble Company filed Critical The Procter & Gamble Company
Priority to EP00984111A priority Critical patent/EP1235892A1/en
Priority to JP2001544288A priority patent/JP2003516469A/en
Priority to CA002392295A priority patent/CA2392295A1/en
Priority to AU20789/01A priority patent/AU2078901A/en
Priority to MXPA02005747A priority patent/MXPA02005747A/en
Publication of WO2001042411A1 publication Critical patent/WO2001042411A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
    • D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D21H21/00—Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its function, form or properties; Paper-impregnating or coating material, characterised by its function, form or properties
    • D21H21/14—Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its function, form or properties; Paper-impregnating or coating material, characterised by its function, form or properties characterised by function or properties in or on the paper
    • D21H21/22—Agents rendering paper porous, absorbent or bulky
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01N—PRESERVATION OF BODIES OF HUMANS OR ANIMALS OR PLANTS OR PARTS THEREOF; BIOCIDES, e.g. AS DISINFECTANTS, AS PESTICIDES OR AS HERBICIDES; PEST REPELLANTS OR ATTRACTANTS; PLANT GROWTH REGULATORS
    • A01N25/00—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests
    • A01N25/30—Biocides, pest repellants or attractants, or plant growth regulators, characterised by their forms, or by their non-active ingredients or by their methods of application, e.g. seed treatment or sequential application; Substances for reducing the noxious effect of the active ingredients to organisms other than pests characterised by the surfactants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/08—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing oxygen, e.g. ethers, acetals, ketones, quinones, aldehydes, peroxides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/33—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing oxygen
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/33—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds containing oxygen
    • A61K8/39—Derivatives containing from 2 to 10 oxyalkylene groups
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/86—Polyethers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61Q—SPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q11/00—Preparations for care of the teeth, of the oral cavity or of dentures; Dentifrices, e.g. toothpastes; Mouth rinses
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01D—SEPARATION
    • B01D19/00—Degasification of liquids
    • B01D19/02—Foam dispersion or prevention
    • B01D19/04—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances
    • B01D19/0404—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances characterised by the nature of the chemical substance
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01D—SEPARATION
    • B01D19/00—Degasification of liquids
    • B01D19/02—Foam dispersion or prevention
    • B01D19/04—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances
    • B01D19/0404—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances characterised by the nature of the chemical substance
    • B01D19/0431—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances characterised by the nature of the chemical substance containing aromatic rings
    • B01D19/0436—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances characterised by the nature of the chemical substance containing aromatic rings with substituted groups
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01—PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01D—SEPARATION
    • B01D19/00—Degasification of liquids
    • B01D19/02—Foam dispersion or prevention
    • B01D19/04—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances
    • B01D19/0404—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances characterised by the nature of the chemical substance
    • B01D19/0463—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances characterised by the nature of the chemical substance containing rings other than aromatic rings
    • B01D19/0468—Foam dispersion or prevention by addition of chemical substances characterised by the nature of the chemical substance containing rings other than aromatic rings with substituted groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G65/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G65/02—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from cyclic ethers by opening of the heterocyclic ring
    • C08G65/32—Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08G65/329—Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment with organic compounds
    • C08G65/331—Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment with organic compounds containing oxygen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09D—COATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00—Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40—Additives
    • C09D7/45—Anti-settling agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K23/00—Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing, or foam-producing agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K23/00—Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing, or foam-producing agents
    • C09K23/16—Amines or polyamines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K23/00—Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing, or foam-producing agents
    • C09K23/42—Ethers, e.g. polyglycol ethers of alcohols or phenols
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00—Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/02—Well-drilling compositions
    • C09K8/03—Specific additives for general use in well-drilling compositions
    • C09K8/035—Organic additives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K8/00—Compositions for drilling of boreholes or wells; Compositions for treating boreholes or wells, e.g. for completion or for remedial operations
    • C09K8/60—Compositions for stimulating production by acting on the underground formation
    • C09K8/62—Compositions for forming crevices or fractures
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00—Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/66—Non-ionic compounds
    • C11D1/72—Ethers of polyoxyalkylene glycols
    • C11D1/721—End blocked ethers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00—Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/0005—Other compounding ingredients characterised by their effect
    • C11D3/0026—Low foaming or foam regulating compositions
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00—Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/0005—Other compounding ingredients characterised by their effect
    • C11D3/0078—Compositions for cleaning contact lenses, spectacles or lenses
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D21—PAPER-MAKING; PRODUCTION OF CELLULOSE
    • D21H—PULP COMPOSITIONS; PREPARATION THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES D21C OR D21D; IMPREGNATING OR COATING OF PAPER; TREATMENT OF FINISHED PAPER NOT COVERED BY CLASS B31 OR SUBCLASS D21G; PAPER NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D21H21/00—Non-fibrous material added to the pulp, characterised by its function, form or properties; Paper-impregnating or coating material, characterised by its function, form or properties
    • D21H21/06—Paper forming aids
    • D21H21/12—Defoamers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04—Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/06—Ethers; Acetals; Ketals; Ortho-esters

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to detergent compositions having low-foaming nonionic surfactants and more particularly to compositions for cleaning dishes or hard surfaces having ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants which have superior spotting and filming benefits in dishwashing and hard surface cleaning applications.
  • Nonionic surfactants such as alcohol ethoxylates, alkyl polyglycosides, and alkyl glucose amides are of considerable importance in detergent products. For example, under some conditions, nonionic surfactants aid cleaning of greasy soils and inhibit the formation of calcium soap.
  • conventional nonionic surfactants designed for effective cleaning in laundry products form liquid crystalline phases on mixing with water. These phases can hinder the rate of mixing with water and lead to undesirable optical properties of thin films on solution drying.
  • conventional nonionics sprayed on the surface of granules to achieve target density can give rise to poor granule dissolution and residue in horizontal axis machine dispensers.
  • Conventional nonionics formulated at high levels in liquid products can lead to poor rates of mixing with water and consumer concern.
  • Conventional nonionics in window and floor cleaners can form visible liquid crystalline films on drying that increase the effort required by the consumer to achieve good results.
  • a nonionic surfactant for use in an automatic dishwashing machine would need to minimize foam production and not leave undesirable spots and films on the cleaned surfaces.
  • the need remains for new surfactants which are suitable for use in a variety of compositions which can provide improve dissolution of solid products (like bars and tablets) and granular products, improved rates of mixing with water as with liquid products, improved streaking and filming performance as in hard surface cleaners and automatic dishwashing, good cleaning, suds control and good biodegradability while avoiding incompatibility with other cleaning surfactants and/or bleach.
  • compositions employ the novel surfactants of the present invention, either alone or in combination with other surfactants, to provide improved spotting and filming performance as well as improved cleaning performance on greasy soils and suds or foam suppression in certain applications. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed the alcohol surfactants of the present invention deliver superior spotting and filming benefits via improved sheeting action.
  • surfactants of the present invention are optionally employed in conjunction with a high cloud point nonionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant or a hydrophobic anionic surfactant, as disclosed in detail herein.
  • certain alcohol surfactants of the present invention may also act to reduce the suds or foaming associated with food soils or various other cleaning agents.
  • a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant.
  • the composition comprises: (a) from about 0.01 % to about 50%, preferably from about 0.1 % to about 20%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms;
  • R 1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C 2 to C 7 alkylene in any given molecule;
  • x is a number from 1 to about 30; and
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and
  • a automatic dishwashing rinse aid composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant.
  • the rinse aid composition comprises:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms;
  • R 1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C 2 to C 7 alkylene in any given molecule;
  • x is a number from 1 to about 30; and
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic,
  • a bleaching composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant.
  • the bleaching composition comprises: (a) from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula: wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R 1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C 2 to C 7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; (ii) linear or
  • a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant.
  • the composition comprises:
  • surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R 1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C 2 to C alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant.
  • the composition comprises: (a) from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R 1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C 2 to C 7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of:
  • a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant.
  • the composition comprises:
  • surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R 1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C 2 to C 7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the first aspect of the present invention is directed toward a low- foaming nonionic surfactant for use in detergent compositions.
  • the surfactant of the present invention is of the formula:
  • R is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, even more preferably R is a linear or branched, saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 4 to about 18 carbon atoms.
  • R, R 1 and R 2 are selected such that the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant contains one or more chiral carbon atoms.
  • the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is a mixture of ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants. This mixture can be obtained in a variety of ways.
  • the reaction used to produce the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant forms a racemic mixture or by alkoxylating under conditions such that the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant produced is a mixture with a range of different alkoxy groups present on each surfactant.
  • R is a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
  • R ⁇ , R5 ; and R" are each independently selected from hydrogen, and C1-C3 alkyl, more preferably hydrogen, C1-C2 alkyl, even more preferably hydrogen, and methyl, provided that R ⁇ , R5, and R ⁇ are not all hydrogen and, when t is 0, at least R ⁇ or
  • R5 is not hydrogen; q, r, s, t are each independently integers from 0 to 13. In one more preferred form of this aspect R is selected from the formulas:
  • R 2 is a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 15, carbon atoms. In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention, R is CH 2 CH 3 . In the novel compounds of the present invention, when R is (ii) then either at least one of R 1 is other than C 2 to C 3 alkylene or R 2 has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • R 2 when R 2 is (ii) it is either a either linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 6 to about 30 carbon atoms or linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms, with at least one of R 1 is other than C 2 to C 3 alkylene.
  • R when R is a hydrocarbon of the formula:
  • R 2 is a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
  • RO(CH 2 CH 2 O) 4 (CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )O)CH(CH 3 )O— (CH 2 ) y - X or RO(CH 2 CHCH 3 O)(CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )O) 4 CH(CH 3 )O— (CH 2 ) y - X
  • RO(CH 2 CH 2 O) 6 (CH 2 CH 2 (CH 2 CH 3 )O)CH(CH 3 )O — C(CH 3 ) 2 R 3 or RO(CH 2 CHCH 3 O) 4 (CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )O) 3 CH(CH 3 )O— C(CH 3 ) 2 R 3 or RO(CH 2 CH 2 0) 3 (CH 2 CHCH 3 0) 2 (CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )0)(CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 )0)CH(CH 3 )0— C(CH 3 )
  • R 2 is a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms.
  • the hetero atoms are selected from the group comprising oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur and mixtures thereof.
  • R is a 5 or 6 member heterocycle.
  • R 7 is defined as above.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R is a 7 to 13 membered substituted, or unsubstituted polycyclic ring.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted, or unsubstituted adamantane, substituted, or unsubstituted norbornane, substituted, or unsubstituted nortricyclene, and substituted, or unsubstituted bicyclo[2.2.2]octane.
  • R 2 is a substituted, or unsubstituted adamantane.
  • R is a hydrocarbon of the formula:
  • y is an integer from 0 to 7
  • X is a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated cyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
  • y is an integer from 1 to 2
  • X is selected from the group consisting of to 5 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
  • y is 0 and X, is a 5 or 6 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated cyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
  • each R 9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon or alkoxy radical having from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, or R 9 is a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, alicyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical having, from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, which is fused to the ring; w is an integer from 1 to 3.
  • R 9 is defined as above.
  • R 2 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms, more preferably R 2 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, even more preferably R 2 is a linear or branched, saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 4 to about 18 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 when x is greater than 2, R 1 may be the same or different. That is, R 1 may vary between any of the alkyleneoxy units as described above. For instance, if x is 3, R 1 may be selected to form ethlyeneoxy(EO) or propyleneoxy(PO) and may vary in order of (EO)(PO)(EO), (EO)(EO)(PO);
  • the surfactants of the present invention can be prepared via a variety of different process.
  • the surfactants may be prepared by reacting a vinyl ether of the formula:
  • R 2 OCH CH 2 wherein R is as defined above; with an alkoxylated alcohol of the formula
  • RO(R'O) x H wherein R. R 1 , and x, are as defined above, in the presence of a catalyst to form the ether- capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol.
  • the step of reacting of vinyl ether with alkoxylated alcohol is conducted in the presence of a catalyst.
  • Suitable catalysts include Lewis acids; acids and their salts, both organic and inorganic; pyridinium salts; polymers; clays, such as, Spanish sepiolite clay, GIRDLER K-10; aluminosilicates or zeolites, such as HZS-360 zeolite, H-Y zeolite; activated carbon, such as sulfonated charcoal; transition metal complexes, such as, molybedenyl(VI) acetylacetone; transition metal salts, such as lanthum trichloride, eerie ammonium nitrate; 2,3-dichloro-5,6,dicyano-p-benzoquinone; bis(trimethysilyl)sulfate, and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable Lewis acids include, but are not limited to, TiCl ⁇ Ti(O 1 Pr)4, ZnCl2, SnCl2, AICI3, platinum dichloride, copper(II) chloride, phosphorous pentachloride, phosphorous trichloride, cobalt(II) chloride, zinc oxide, iron(II) chloride and BF3-OEt2-
  • Suitable inorganic acids include, mineral acids, such as, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphorous oxychloride, aluminium phosphate and ammonium chloride.
  • the mineral acids or their salts can optionally be adsorbed on to a substrate, such as, silica gel, or alumina.
  • a substrate such as, silica gel, or alumina.
  • Suitable organic acids include: carboxyhc acids, such as, acetic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, glycolic acid, maleic acid and oxydisuccinic acid; halogenated carboxyhc acids, such as, trifluoroacetic acid, heptaflurobutyric acid, dichloroacetic acid, and trichloroacetic acid; and sulfonic and sulfmic acids and their salts such as, p-toluenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, 4- bromobenzene sulfonic acid, naphthalene sulfonic acid, (+)-10-camphor sulfonates, and alkyl benzene sulfonic acid.
  • carboxyhc acids such as, acetic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid,
  • Suitable pyridinium salts include, but are not limited to, pyridinium p- toluenesulfonate (PPTS), pyridinium p-toluenesulfinate, pyridinium hydrochloride, pyridinium hydrobromide, pyridinium hydrogen bisulfate, pyridinium hydrogen sulfate and mixtures thereof.
  • PPTS pyridinium p- toluenesulfonate
  • pyridinium hydrochloride pyridinium hydrobromide
  • pyridinium hydrogen bisulfate pyridinium hydrogen sulfate and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable transition metal include, but are not limited to, molybedenyl(VI) acetylacetone; transition metal salts, such as lanthum trichloride, eerie ammonium nitrate; 2,3-dichloro-5,6,dicyano-p-benzoquinone, mercury(II) acetate, mercury(II)trifluroacetate, copper(II) acetylacetonate and teteracarbonylbis(cyclopentadienyl)diiron.
  • transition metal salts such as lanthum trichloride, eerie ammonium nitrate; 2,3-dichloro-5,6,dicyano-p-benzoquinone, mercury(II) acetate, mercury(II)trifluroacetate, copper(II) acetylacetonate and teteracarbonylbis(cyclopentadienyl)diiron.
  • Suitable polymers include, but are not limited to, polymeric ion exchange resins, or polyvinyl pyridines.
  • Suitable polymeric ion exchange resins include those of the Amberylst series, such as AMBERYLST®15, available from Rohm & Haas, the DOWEX® series, such as, DOWEX 50X8-50 available from Dow; REILLEX 424, available from Reilly Industries; the Amberlite series, such as AMBERLITE IRA-400, or AMBERLITE IR-118, available from Rohm & Haas; available from United Catalyst ; the ENVIROCAT series, such as ENVIROCAT EPZG, available from Contract Chemicals; and combinations thereof.
  • Suitable polyvinyl pyridines can be unsubstituted or substituted, such as substituted on the vinyl group and/or on the pyridine ring.
  • suitable polyvinyl pyridines include, but are not limited to, poly(4-vinylpyridine trifluoromethanesulfonate), poly(2-vinylpyridine trifluoromethanesulfonate), poly(4- vinylpyridine p-toluenesulfonate), poly(2-vinylpyridine p-toluenesulfonate), poly(4- vinylpyridine chloride), poly(2-vinylpyridine chloride), poly(4-vinylpyridine bromide), poly(2-vinylpyridine bromide), and mixtures thereof.
  • These polymeric catalysts have the additional advantage of being easy to separate from the surfactant produced.
  • Suitable catalysts include, bis(trimethysilyl)sulfate, iodotrimethylsilane, allytrimefhyl silane, hexamethyldisilane, iodine, bromine, iron(II) sulfate, triphenylphosphine, aluminium sulfate, alkylether sulfuric acids, alkyl sulfuric acids, lithium perchlorate, lithium teterafluoroborate, acetyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, zirconium hydroxide, potassium cyanide, and platinum oxide.
  • Preferred catalysts include the sulfonic acids, Lewis acids, polyvinyl pyridines, methanesulfonic acid, AMBERYLST®15, acidic versions of DOWEX® and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (PPTS) with polyvinyl pyridines, pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate
  • the catalysts are preferably employed at amounts of about 0.1 mol % to about 20.0 mol %, more preferably from about 0.1 mol % to about 10.0 mol %, even more preferably from about 0.1 mol % to about 5.0 mol %, even more preferably still from about 0.1 mol % to about 2.0 mol %, even more preferably still from about 0.2 mol % to about 1.0 mol %.
  • Other suitable catalysts can be found in US patent No. U.S. Patent 4,272,394, and in PCT publications, WO 94/22800, WO 93/04153, WO96/00253 and WO 98/17379 all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the reaction is conducted in the presence of a solvent, or mixtures of solvents.
  • the solvent be a polar aprotic solvent.
  • Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, hexane, benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diethylether, methyl tert-butylether, acetone, acrylonitrile, or the like.
  • the reaction is preferably conducted at temperatures ranging from about -20°C to about 300°C, and more preferably from about -10°C to about 250°C.
  • reaction is preferably conducted at pressures ranging from about 0.5 atmospheres to about 100 atmospheres, and more preferably from about 0.8 atmospheres to about 10 atmospheres.
  • step of reacting vinyl ether with alkoxylated alcohol is conducted in the absence of a solvent.
  • the process is performed as a batch process. That is, the reaction is let proceeded to completion, or near completion, and then final product is removed.
  • the process is performed as a continuous process. That is, the product of the process is continuously removed from the reaction vessel while staring material is added at a comparable rate.
  • the vinyl ether is reacted with the alkoxylated alcohol at a mole ratio of from about 5 to about 1 , more preferably from about 3 to about 1, more preferably still from about 1.5:1 to about 0.90:1 mole %.
  • the process may be conducted in an inert gas. This may be done by sparging with any suitable inert gas, such as nitrogen, helium, neon, or argon.
  • reaction step (c) may be followed by optional step (d).
  • Step (d) is a step in which the reaction step (c) is quenched, preferably by the addition of base.
  • the amount of the ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant present in the reaction mixture will depend upon many factors, including but not limited to, starting materials, temperature, catalyst selection and the like. Quenching stops the reaction, of the starting materials, and ensures that any ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant produced does not undergo further reaction or revert back to the starting materials.
  • step (c) produces a mixture which contains ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant, as well as, unreacted starting materials, catalyst and the products of any side reactions.
  • the quenching of the reaction of step (c) is done when the reaction mixture preferably contains at least 90%, more preferably 95% by weight of ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant.
  • the remaining 10%, more preferably 5% by weight comprises, unreacted starting material as well as products of side reactions, such as byproduct acetals.
  • the base may be optionally selected from the group consisting of alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal bicarbonates alkali metal hydroxides, alkali metal alcoholates, alkanolamines, alkylamines, aromatic amines and mixtures thereof.
  • the base may be optionally selected from the group consisting of potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate sodium methoxylate, sodium ethoxylate, potassium tert-butyloxylate, triethylamine, triethanolamine and mixtures thereof.
  • the base may be in the form of an aqueous solution.
  • the aqueous solution may be at a temperature of from about 20°C to about 60°C.
  • step (c) is meant to include not only the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant but also any unreacted starting materials or any materials produced from side reactions, such as dimers, which would be present at the conclusion of step (c).
  • the process of the present invention may optionally further comprise a step (e).
  • Step (e) is removal of color bodies and/or odors from the product of steps (c) or (d).
  • removal of the color bodies and/or odors is obtained by contacting the product of steps (c) or (d) with a reagent.
  • the reagent can either be an oxidant, or a reductant.
  • Suitable oxidants include hydrogen peroxide.
  • Suitable reductants include sodium borohydride, and hydrogen over a palladium carbon catalyst.
  • the color bodies and/or odors are removed by contacting the product of steps (c) or (d) first with an oxidant and then a reductant or first with a reductant and then an oxidant.
  • the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant produced in step (c) may optionally removed from the product of steps (c) or (d) by centrifuging.
  • the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant product is then collect by means common in the art such as extraction. If desired, the surfactant may be further treated by stripping, distillation or various other means before use.
  • the surfactants made by the process disclosed herein may contain related impurities which will not adversely affect performance. Amine oxide co-surfactant
  • composition of the present invention in addition to the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant further contains an amine oxide co-surfactant.
  • Amine oxides are semi-polar nonionic surfactants and include water-soluble amine oxides typically containing one alkyl moiety of from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms and 2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups and hydroxyalkyl groups containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 (OR 4 ) x N(R 5 ) 2 wherein R ⁇ is an linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched hydroxyalkyl, or linear or branched alkyl phenyl group or mixtures thereof containing from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms; R ⁇ is an alkylene or hydroxyalkyl ene group containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof; x is from 0 to about 3; and each R ⁇ is an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms or a polyethylene oxide group containing from about 1 to about 3 ethylene oxide groups.
  • the R-> groups can be attached to each other, e.g., through an oxygen or nitrogen atom, to form a ring structure.
  • suitable amine oxide surfactants in particular include Ci Q-Ci g alkyl dimethyl amine oxides and Cg-C ⁇ alkoxy ethyl dihydroxy ethyl amine oxides.
  • suitable amine oxide surfactants in particular include a mixture of amine oxides with the resultant mixture having an average carbon content (branched or linear) for R 3 of 16/17.
  • suitable amine oxide surfactants will be made from natural products.
  • natural products For example isostearyl.
  • suitable amine oxide surfactants will be wholly synthetic. Mixtures of amine oxides made from natural products and from synthetic materials are also within the scope of this invention.
  • Suitable amine oxides can be produced by any convention synthetic method. For example they can be produced from alpha olefin or from alcohol directly.
  • Suitable amine oxide surfactants includes, but are not limited to, hexadecylbis(2- hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, tallowbis(2-hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, stearylbis(2- hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, hexadecyldimethylamine oxide, oleylbis(2- hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, dodecyldimethylamine oxide dihydrate tetradecyldimethylamine oxide and mixtures thereof.
  • amine oxide surfactants see U.S. Patents 5,075,501 and 5,071,594, incorporated herein by reference. Highly preferred amine oxides herein are solutions at ambient temperature. Amine oxides suitable for use herein are made commercially by a number of suppliers, including Akzo Chemie, Ethyl Corp., and Procter & Gamble. See McCutcheon's compilation and Kirk-Othmer review article for alternate amine oxide manufacturers.
  • the amine oxide is present in the composition in an effective amount, more preferably from about 0.1% to about
  • amine oxide surfactants are given in "Surface Active Agents and Detergents" (Vol. I and II by Schwartz, Perry and Berch).
  • cleaning adjunct is any material required to transform a composition containing only the minimum essential ingredients into a composition useful for cleaning purposes, such as fabric cleaning, tableware cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or personal cleansing (such as a body wash or a shampoo).
  • surfactants of the present invention are also useful in post-wash cycle compositions, such as in fabric softeners and anti-static compositions.
  • cleaning adjuncts are easily recognizable to those of skill in the art as being absolutely characteristic of cleaning products, especially of cleaning products intended for direct use by a consumer in a domestic environment.
  • the bleach adjuncts are those adjuncts, which are preferably bleach compatible or bleach stable.
  • adjunct ingredients if used with bleach should have good stability therewith.
  • Certain preferred detergent compositions herein should be boron-free and/or phosphate-free as required by legislation.
  • Levels of adjuncts are from about 0.00001% to about 99.9%, by weight of the compositions.
  • Use levels of the overall compositions can vary widely depending on the intended application, ranging for example from a few ppm in solution to so-called "direct application" of the neat cleaning composition to the surface to be cleaned.
  • adjuncts include builders, co-surfactants, enzymes, polymers, bleaches, bleach activators, catalytic materials and the like excluding any materials already defined hereinabove as part of the essential component of the inventive compositions.
  • Other adjuncts herein can include diverse active ingredients or specialized materials, for example, dispersant polymers (e.g., from BASF Corp.
  • compositions according to the present invention may further comprise additional surfactants, herein also referred to as co-surfactants, preferably selected from: anionic surfactants, preferably selected from the group of alkyl alkoxylated sulfates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl disulfates, and/or linear alkyl benzenesulfonate surfactants; cationic surfactants, preferably selected from quaternary ammonium surfactants; nonionic surfactants, preferably alkyl ethoxylates, alkyl polyglucosides, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, and or amine or amine oxide surfactants; amphoteric surfactants, preferably selected from betaines and/or polycarboxylates (for example polyglycinates); and zwiterionic surfactants.
  • co-surfactants preferably selected from: anionic surfactants, preferably selected from the group of alkyl alkoxylated sulfates, alkyl
  • a wide range of these co-surfactants can be used in the cleaning compositions of the present invention.
  • a typical listing of anionic, nonionic, ampholytic and zwitterionic classes, and species of these co-surfactants, is given in US Patent 3,664,961 issued to Norris on May 23, 1972.
  • Amphoteric surfactants are also described in detail in "Amphoteric Surfactants, Second Edition", E.G. Lomax, Editor (published 1996, by Marcel Dekker, Inc.). Suitable surfactants can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/032,035 (Docket No. 6401P), 60/031 ,845 (Docket No. 6402P), 60/031,916 (Docket No.
  • compositions of the present invention preferably comprise from about 0.01% to about 55%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 45%, more preferably from about 0.25% to about 30%, more preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, by weight of co- surfactants.
  • Selected co-surfactants are further identified as follows.
  • Anionic Co-surfactants Nonlimiting examples of anionic co-surfactants useful herein, typically at levels from about 0.1% to about 50%, by weight, include the conventional Cu-Cig alkyl benzene sulfonates ("LAS") and primary, branched-chain and random C10-C20 alkyl sulfates ("AS”), the Cjo-Ci secondary (2,3) alkyl sulfates of the formula
  • x and (y + 1) are integers of at least about 7, preferably at least about 9, and M is a water-solubilizing cation, especially sodium, unsaturated sulfates such as oleyl sulfate, the CiQ-Cj alpha-sulfonated fatty acid esters, the Ci Q-Ci sulfated alkyl polyglycosides, the CjQ-Cig alkyl alkoxy sulfates ("AE X S"; especially EO 1-7 ethoxy sulfates), and Ci Q-Ci alkyl alkoxy carboxylates (especially the EO 1-5 ethoxycarboxylates).
  • AE X S especially EO 1-7 ethoxy sulfates
  • Ci Q-Ci alkyl alkoxy carboxylates especially the EO 1-5 ethoxycarboxylates.
  • Ci 2"C ⁇ g betaines and sulfobetaines can also be included in the overall compositions.
  • C10-C20 conventional soaps may also be used. If high sudsing is desired, the branched-chain C J Q-CI O soaps may be used.
  • alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants including linear esters of C -C20 carboxyhc acids (i.e., fatty acids) which are sulfonated with gaseous SO3 according to "The Journal of the American Oil Chemists
  • Suitable starting materials would include natural fatty substances as derived from tallow, palm oil, etc.
  • Another type of useful surfactants are the so-called dianionics. These are surfactants which have at least two anionic groups present on the surfactant molecule.
  • Some suitable dianionic surfactants are further described in copending U.S. Serial No. 60/020,503 (Docket No. 6160P), 60/020,772 (Docket No. 6161P), 60/020,928 (Docket No. 6158P), 60/020,832 (Docket No. 6159P) and 60/020,773 (Docket No.
  • the surfactant may be a branched alkyl sulfate, branched alkyl alkoxylate, or branched alkyl alkoxylate sulfate.
  • These surfactants are further described in No. 60/061,971, Attorney docket No 688 IP October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,975, Attorney docket No 6882P October 14, 1997, No. 60/062,086, Attorney docket No 6883P October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,916, Attorney docket No 6884P October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,970, Attorney docket No 6885P October 14, 1997, No. 60/062,407, Attorney docket No 6886P October 14, 1997,.
  • the surfactant may be a modified alkylbenzene sulfonate surfactants, or MLAS.
  • MLAS modified alkylbenzene sulfonate surfactants
  • Suitable MLAS surfactants can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/053,319 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6766P), 60/053,318 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6767P), 60/053,321 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6768P), 60/053,209 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6769P), 60/053,328 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6770P), 60/053,186 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No.
  • the anionic surfactants useful in the LDL of the present invention are preferably selected from the group consisting of, linear alkylbenzene sulfonate, alpha olefin sulfonate, paraffin sulfonates, alkyl ester sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl alkoxy sulfate, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl alkoxy carboxylate, alkyl alkoxylated sulfates, sarcosinates, taurinates, and mixtures thereof.
  • An effective amount typically from about 0.5% to about 90%, preferably about 5% to about 50%, more preferably from about 10 to about 30%, by weight of anionic detersive surfactant can be used in the LDL compositions of the present invention.
  • the laundry detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from about 0.1% to about 50%, preferably from about 1% to about 40% by weight of an anionic surfactant.
  • Nonlimiting examples of nonionic co-surfactants useful herein typically at levels from about 0.1% to about 50%, by weight include the alkoxylated alcohols (AE's) and alkyl phenols, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides (PFAA's), alkyl polyglycosides (APG's), Ci Q-C] g glycerol ethers, and the like.
  • AE alkoxylated alcohol
  • PFAA's polyhydroxy fatty acid amides
  • APG's alkyl polyglycosides
  • Ci Q-C] g glycerol ethers and the like.
  • nonionic surfactants of this type include: Tergitol 15-S-9 (the condensation product of C ⁇ ⁇ -C ⁇ _, linear alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide) and TergitolTM 24-L-6 NMW (the condensation product of C12-C14 primary alcohol with 6 moles ethylene oxide with a narrow molecular weight distribution), both marketed by Union Carbide Corporation; Neodol ⁇ M 45.9 ( he condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles of ethylene oxide),
  • NeodolTM 23-3 (the condensation product of C12-C13 linear alcohol with 3 moles of ethylene oxide), Neodo M 45.7 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide) and NeodolTM 45.5 (t e condensation product of C14-
  • Rl is H, or C]_4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl or a mixture thereof
  • R ⁇ is C5.31 hydrocarbyl
  • Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof.
  • Typical examples include the Ci 2-Cj g and C12-C14 N- methylglucamides. See U.S. 5,194,639 and 5,298,636. N-alkoxy polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can also be used; see U.S. 5,489,393.
  • alkylpolysaccharides such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,565,647, Llenado, issued January 21, 1986.
  • Preferred alkylpolyglycosides have the formula
  • R2 ⁇ (C n H 2n O)t(glycosyl) x wherein R ⁇ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkylphenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkylphenyl, and mixtures thereof in which the alkyl groups contain from about 10 to about 18, preferably from about 12 to about 14, carbon atoms; n is 2 or 3, preferably 2; t is from 0 to about 10, preferably 0; and x is from about 1.3 to about 10, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, most preferably from about 1.3 to about 2.7.
  • the glycosyl is preferably derived from glucose.
  • the alcohol or alkylpolyethoxy alcohol is formed first and then reacted with glucose, or a source of glucose, to form the glucoside (attachment at the 1 -position).
  • the additional glycosyl units can then be attached between their 1 -position and the preceding glycosyl units 2-, 3- , 4- and or 6-position, preferably predominately the 2-position.
  • Compounds of this type and their use in detergent are disclosed in EP-B 0 070 077, 0 075 996 and 0 094 118.
  • Polyethylene, polypropylene, and polybutylene oxide condensates of alkyl phenols are also suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant of the surfactant systems of the present invention, with the polyethylene oxide condensates being preferred.
  • These compounds include the condensation products of alkyl phenols having an alkyl group containing from about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably from about 8 to about 14 carbon atoms, in either a straight-chain or branched-chain configuration with the alkylene oxide.
  • the ethylene oxide is present in an amount equal to from about 2 to about 25 moles, more preferably from about 3 to about 15 moles, of ethylene oxide per mole of alkyl phenol.
  • nonionic surfactants of this type include Igepal ⁇ M CO-630, marketed by the GAF Corporation; and Triton ⁇ M X-45, X-114, X-100 and X-102, all marketed by the Rohm & Haas Company. These surfactants are commonly referred to as alkylphenol alkoxylates (e.g., alkyl phenol ethoxylates).
  • the condensation products of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol are also suitable for use as the additional nonionic surfactant in the present invention.
  • the hydrophobic portion of these compounds will preferably have a molecular weight of from about 1500 to about 1800 and will exhibit water insolubility.
  • the addition of polyoxyethylene moieties to this hydrophobic portion tends to increase the water solubility of the molecule as a whole, and the liquid character of the product is retained up to the point where the polyoxyethylene content is about 50% of the total weight of the condensation product, which corresponds to condensation with up to about 40 moles of ethylene oxide.
  • Examples of compounds of this type include certain of the commercially-available Pluronic T surfactants, marketed by BASF.
  • nonionic surfactant of the nonionic surfactant system of the present invention are the condensation products of ethylene oxide with the product resulting from the reaction of propylene oxide and ethylenediamine.
  • the hydrophobic moiety of these products consists of the reaction product of ethylenediamine and excess propylene oxide, and generally has a molecular weight of from about 2500 to about 3000.
  • This hydrophobic moiety is condensed with ethylene oxide to the extent that the condensation product contains from about 40% to about 80% by weight of polyoxyethylene and has a molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 11,000.
  • this type of nonionic surfactant include certain of the commercially available TetronicTM compounds, marketed by BASF.
  • the composition When the composition is an automatic dishwashing composition (ADW), it preferably contains a nonionic co-surfactants.
  • a nonionic co-surfactant In general, bleach-stable nonionic co-surfactants are preferred These nonionic co-surfactants when present, are included at levels of from about 0.1% to about 15% of the composition.
  • the nonionic co-surfactant may be a low cloud point nonionic co-surfactant, a high cloud point nonionic co- surfactant or mixtures thereof.
  • One preferred ADW composition of the present invention includes a low cloud point nonionic co-surfactant, and/or a high cloud point nonionic co- surfactant in addition to the surfactant of the present invention.
  • Nonionic surfactants generally are well known, being described in more detail in Kirk Othmer's Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 3rd Ed., Vol. 22, pp. 360-379, "Surfactants and Detersive Systems", incorporated by reference herein.
  • Cloud point is a well known property of nonionic surfactants which is the result of the surfactant becoming less soluble with increasing temperature, the temperature at which the appearance of a second phase is observable is referred to as the “cloud point” (See Kirk Othmer, pp. 360-362, hereinbefore).
  • a "low cloud point" nonionic co-surfactant is defined as a nonionic surfactant system ingredient having a cloud point of less than 30°C, preferably less than about 20°C, and most preferably less than about 10°C.
  • Typical low cloud point nonionic co-surfactants include nonionic alkoxylated surfactants, especially ethoxylates derived from primary alcohol, and polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene (PO/EO/PO) reverse block polymers.
  • nonionic co-surfactants include, for example, ethoxylated-propoxylated alcohol (e.g., Olin Corporation's Poly- Tergent® SLF18) and epoxy-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohols (e.g., Olin Corporation's Poly-Tergent® SLF18B series of nonionics, as described, for example, in WO 94/22800, published October 13, 1994 by Olin Corporation).
  • Nonionic co-surfactants can optionally contain propylene oxide in an amount up to about 15%) by weight.
  • Other preferred nonionic co-surfactants can be prepared by the processes described in U.S. Patent 4,223,163, issued September 16, 1980, Builloty, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Low cloud point nonionic co-surfactants additionally comprise a polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene block polymeric compound.
  • Block polyoxyethylene- polyoxypropylene polymeric compounds include those based on ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerol, trimefhylolpropane and ethylenediamine as initiator reactive hydrogen compound.
  • Certain of the block polymer surfactant compounds designated PLURONIC®, REVERSED PLURONIC®, and TETRONIC® by the BASF-Wyandotte Corp., Wyandotte, Michigan, are suitable in ADD compositions of the invention.
  • Preferred examples include REVERSED PLURONIC® 25R2 and TETRONIC® 702, Such co-surfactants are typically useful herein as low cloud point nonionic surfactants.
  • a "high cloud point" nonionic co-surfactant is defined as a nonionic surfactant system ingredient having a cloud point of greater than 40°C, preferably greater than about 50°C, and more preferably greater than about 60°C.
  • the nonionic co-surfactant system comprises an ethoxylated surfactant derived from the reaction of a monohydroxy alcohol or alkylphenol containing from about 8 to about 20 carbon atoms, with from about 6 to about 15 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol or alkyl phenol on an average basis.
  • Such high cloud point nonionic co-surfactants include, for example, Tergitol 15S9 (supplied by Union Carbide), Rhodasurf TMD 8.5 (supplied by Rhone Poulenc), and Neodol 91-8 (supplied by Shell).
  • the high cloud point nonionic co-surfactant further have a hydrophile-lipophile balance ("HLB"; see Kirk Othmer hereinbefore) value within the range of from about 9 to about 15, preferably 11 to 15.
  • HLB hydrophile-lipophile balance
  • Such materials include, for example, Tergitol 15S9 (supplied by Union Carbide), Rhodasurf TMD 8.5 (supplied by Rhone Poulenc), and Neodol 91-8 (supplied by Shell).
  • high cloud point nonionic co-surfactant is derived from a straight or preferably branched chain or secondary fatty alcohol containing from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms (C6-C20 alcohol), including secondary alcohols and branched chain primary alcohols.
  • high cloud point nonionic co-surfactants are branched or secondary alcohol ethoxylates, more preferably mixed C9/11 or Cl 1/15 branched alcohol ethoxylates, condensed with an average of from about 6 to about 15 moles, preferably from about 6 to about 12 moles, and most preferably from about 6 to about 9 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol.
  • the ethoxylated nonionic co-surfactant so derived has a narrow ethoxylate distribution relative to the average.
  • Cationic Co-surfactants are a mixture of low cloud point nonionics and high cloud point nonionics it is preferred that the mixture is combined in a weight ratio preferably within the range of from about 10:1 to about 1:10.
  • Cationic Co-surfactants include the choline ester-type quats and alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (AQA) surfactant compounds, and the like. Most preferred for aqueous liquid compositions herein are soluble cationic co-surfactants which do not readily hydrolyze in the product.
  • Cationic co-surfactants useful as a component of the surfactant system is a cationic choline ester-type quat surfactant which are preferably water dispersible compounds having surfactant properties and comprise at least one ester (i.e. -COO-) linkage and at least one cationically charged group.
  • Suitable cationic ester surfactants, including choline ester surfactants have for example been disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 4,228,042, 4,239,660 and 4,260,529.
  • Cationic ester surfactants include those having the formula:
  • R ⁇ is a C5-C31 linear or branched alkyl, alkenyl or alkaryl chain or M "
  • X and Y independently, are selected from the group consisting of COO, OCO, O, CO, OCOO, CONH, NHCO, OCONH and NHCOO wherein at least one of X or Y is a COO, OCO, OCOO, OCONH or NHCOO group; R2, R3, R4, R ⁇ , 7 and
  • Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl and alkaryl groups having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R5 is independently H or a C1 -C3 alkyl group; wherein the values of m, n, s and t independently lie in the range of from 0 to 8, the value of b lies in the range from 0 to 20, and the values of a, u and v independently are either 0 or 1 with the proviso that at least one of u or v must be 1 ; and wherein M is a counter anion.
  • R , R3 and R4 are independently selected from CH3 and -
  • M is selected from the group consisting of halide, methyl sulfate, sulfate, and nitrate, more preferably methyl sulfate, chloride, bromide or iodide.
  • Preferred water dispersible cationic ester surfactants are the choline esters having the formula:
  • R ⁇ is a C1 1 -C19 linear or branched alkyl chain.
  • the particularly preferred choline esters may be prepared by the direct esterification of a fatty acid of the desired chain length with dimethyl aminoethanol, in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • the reaction product is then quaternized with a methyl halide, preferably in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, propylene glycol or preferably a fatty alcohol ethoxylate such as Ci ⁇ -Ci fatty alcohol ethoxylate having a degree of ethoxylation of from 3 to 50 ethoxy groups per mole forming the desired cationic material.
  • a solvent such as ethanol, propylene glycol or preferably a fatty alcohol ethoxylate such as Ci ⁇ -Ci fatty alcohol ethoxylate having a degree of ethoxylation of from 3 to 50 ethoxy groups per mole forming the desired cationic material.
  • They may also be prepared by the direct esterification of a long chain fatty acid of the desired chain length together with 2-haloethanol, in the presence
  • these cationic ester surfactant are hydrolysable under the conditions of a laundry wash method.
  • AQA compounds alkoxylated quaternary ammonium surfactant compounds having the formula:
  • R ⁇ is an alkyl or alkenyl moiety containing from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, preferably 10 to about 16 carbon atoms, most preferably from about 10 to about 14 carbon atoms;
  • R ⁇ is an alkyl group containing from one to three carbon atoms, preferably methyl;
  • R ⁇ and R ⁇ can vary independently and are selected from hydrogen (preferred), methyl and ethyl;
  • X" is an anion such as chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, sulfate, or the like, sufficient to provide electrical neutrality.
  • a and A' can vary independently and are each selected from C1 -C4 alkoxy, especially ethoxy (i.e., -CH2CH2O-), propoxy, butoxy and mixed ethoxy/propoxy; p is from 0 to about 30, preferably 1 to about 4 and q is from 0 to about 30, preferably 1 to about 4, and most preferably to about 4; preferably both p and q are 1. See also: EP 2,084, published May 30, 1979, by The Procter & Gamble
  • the levels of the AQA surfactants used to prepare finished laundry detergent compositions typically range from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.45% to about 2.5%, by weight.
  • Aqueous Liquid Carrier The rinse aid compositions herein further contain from about ??% to ???% of an aqueous liquid carrier in which the other essential and optional compositions components are dissolved, dispersed or suspended. More preferably the aqueous liquid carrier will comprise from about ??% to ???% of the compositions herein.
  • One essential component of the aqueous liquid carrier is, of course, water.
  • the aqueous liquid carrier may contain other materials which are liquid, or which dissolve in the liquid carrier, at room temperature and which may also serve some other function besides that of a simple filler. Such materials can include, for example, hydrotropes and solvents.
  • the water in the aqueous liquid carrier can have a hardness level of at least about 15 gpg or more ("gpg” is a measure of water hardness that is well known to those skilled in the art, and it stands for "grains per gallon").
  • a variety of water-miscible liquids such as lower alcohols, diols, other polyols, ethers, amines, and the like may be used as part of the aqueous liquid carrier. Particularly preferred are the C1 -C4 alcohols. Such solvents can be present in the compositions herein to the extent of from about ?% to ?%.
  • compositions of the present invention may optionally contain a polymeric suds stabilizer.
  • These polymeric suds stabilizers provide extended suds volume and suds duration without sacrificing the grease cutting ability of the liquid detergent compositions.
  • These polymeric suds stabilizers are selected from: i) homopolymers of (N,N-dialkylamino)alkyl acrylate esters having the formula:
  • each R is independently hydrogen, Cj-Cg alkyl, and mixtures thereof, R 1 is hydrogen, Cj-Cg alkyl, and mixtures thereof, n is from 2 to about 6; and ⁇ ) copolymers of (i) and
  • R is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and mixtures thereof, provided that the ratio of (ii) to (i) is from about 2 to 1 to about 1 to 2;
  • the molecular weight of the polymeric suds boosters, determined via conventional gel permeation chromatography, is from about 1,000 to about 2,000,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 1,000,000, more preferably from about 10,000 to about 750,000, more preferably from about 20,000 to about 500,000, even more preferably from about 35,000 to about 200,000.
  • the polymeric suds stabilizer can optionally be present in the form of a salt, either an inorganic or organic salt, for example the citrate, sulfate, or nitrate salt of (N,N-dimethylamino)alkyl acrylate ester.
  • a salt either an inorganic or organic salt, for example the citrate, sulfate, or nitrate salt of (N,N-dimethylamino)alkyl acrylate ester.
  • One preferred polymeric suds stabilizer is (N,N-dimethylamino)alkyl acrylate esters, namely
  • the polymeric suds booster may be present in the composition from about 0.01% to about 15%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 10%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, by weight.
  • Enzymes - Detergent compositions of the present invention may further comprise one or more enzymes which provide cleaning performance benefits.
  • Said enzymes include enzymes selected from cellulases, hemicellulases, peroxidases, proteases, gluco- amylases, amylases, Upases, cutinases, pectinases, xylanases, reductases, oxidases, phenoloxidases, lipoxygenases, ligninases, pullulanases, tannases, pentosanases, malanases, ⁇ -glucanases, arabinosidases or mixtures thereof.
  • a preferred combination is a detergent composition having a cocktail of conventional applicable enzymes like protease, amylase, lipase, cutinase and/or cellulase. Enzymes when present in the compositions, at from about 0.0001% to about 5% of active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition.
  • proteolytic Enzyme can be of animal, vegetable or microorganism (preferred) origin.
  • the proteases for use in the detergent compositions herein include (but are not limited to) trypsin, subtilisin, chymotrypsin and elastase-type proteases.
  • Preferred for use herein are subtilisin-type proteolytic enzymes.
  • Particularly preferred is bacterial serine proteolytic enzyme obtained from Bacillus subtilis and/or Bacillus licheniformis.
  • Suitable proteolytic enzymes include Novo Industri A S Alcalase® (preferred), Esperase®' Savinase® (Copenhagen, Denmark), Gist-brocades' Maxatase®, Maxacal® and Maxapem 15® (protein engineered Maxacal®) (Delft, Netherlands), and subtilisin BPN and BPN'(preferred), which are commercially available.
  • Preferred proteolytic enzymes are also modified bacterial serine proteases, such as those made by Genencor International, Inc. (San Francisco, California) which are described in European Patent 251,446B, granted December 28, 1994 (particularly pages 17, 24 and 98) and which are also called herein "Protease B".
  • Protease A a modified bacterial serine proteolytic enzyme
  • BPN' modified bacterial serine proteolytic enzyme
  • Preferred proteolytic enzymes are selected from the group consisting of Alcalase ® (Novo Industri A/S), BPN', Protease A and Protease B (Genencor), and mixtures thereof. Protease B is most preferred.
  • protease D is a carbonyl hydrolase variant having an amino acid sequence not found in nature, which is derived from a precursor carbonyl hydrolase by substituting a different amino acid for a plurality of amino acid residues at a position in said carbonyl hydrolase equivalent to position +76, preferably also in combination with one or more amino acid residue positions equivalent to those selected from the group consisting of +99, +101, +103, +104, +107, +123, +27, +105, +109, +126, +128, +135, +156, +166, +195, +197, +204, +206, +210, +216, +217, +218, +222, +260, +265, and/or +274 according to the numbering of Bacillus amyloliquefaciens subtilisin, as described in WO 95/10615 published April 20, 1995 by Genencor International (A. Baeck et al. entitled "Protease-Containing Cleaning Composition
  • proteases are also described in PCT publications: WO 95/30010 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company; WO 95/30011 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company; WO 95/29979 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company.
  • Protease enzyme may be incorporated into the compositions in accordance with the invention at a level of from 0.0001% to 2%> active enzyme by weight of the composition.
  • Amylase - Amylases ( ⁇ and/or ⁇ ) can be included for removal of carbohydrate- based stains.
  • Suitable amylases are Termamyl® (Novo Nordisk), Fungamyl® and BAN® (Novo Nordisk).
  • the enzymes may be of any suitable origin, such as vegetable, animal, bacterial, fungal and yeast origin.
  • Amylase enzymes are normally incorporated in the detergent composition at levels from 0.0001% to 2%, preferably from about 0.0001% to about 0.5%, more preferably from about 0.0005% to about 0.1%, even more preferably from about 0.001% to about 0.05% of active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition.
  • Amylase enzymes also include those described in WO95/26397 and in co-pending application by Novo Nordisk PCT/DK96/00056.
  • One suitable amylase enzyme is NATALASE® available from Novo Nordisk.
  • Other amylases suitable herein include, for example, ⁇ -amylases described in GB 1,296,839 to Novo; RAPIDASE®, International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. and TERMAMYL®, Novo. FUNGAMYL® from Novo is especially useful.
  • amylases herein include amylase variants having additional modification in the immediate parent as described in WO 9510603 A and are available from the assignee, Novo, as DURAMYL®.
  • Other particularly preferred oxidative stability enhanced amylase include those described in WO 9418314 to Genencor International and WO 9402597 to Novo. Any other oxidative stability-enhanced amylase can be used, for example as derived by site-directed mutagenesis from known chimeric, hybrid or simple mutant parent forms of available amylases. Other preferred enzyme modifications are accessible. See WO 9509909 A to Novo.
  • carbohydrase enzymes which impart antimicrobial activity may also be included in the present invention.
  • Such enzymes include endoglycosidase, Type II endoglycosidase and glucosidase as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,041,236, 5,395,541 , 5,238,843 and 5,356,803 the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • other enzymes having antimicrobial activity may be employed as well including peroxidases, oxidases and various other enzymes.
  • an enzyme stabilization system into the compositions of the present invention when any enzyme is present in the composition.
  • Various carbohydrase enzymes which impart antimicrobial activity may also be included in the present invention.
  • Such enzymes include endoglycosidase, Type II endoglycosidase and glucosidase as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,041,236, 5,395,541, 5,238,843 and 5,356,803 the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • other enzymes having antimicrobial activity may be employed as well including peroxidases, oxidases and various other enzymes.
  • compositions of the present invention when any enzyme is present in the composition.
  • Peroxidase enzymes can be used in combination with oxygen sources, e.g., percarbonate, perborate, persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, etc. They are typically used for "solution bleaching," i.e. to prevent transfer of dyes or pigments removed from substrates during wash operations to other substrates in the wash solution.
  • Peroxidase enzymes are known in the art, and include, for example, horseradish peroxidase, ligninase, and haloperoxidase such as chloro- and bromo-peroxidase.
  • Peroxidase-containing detergent compositions are disclosed, for example, in PCT International Application WO 89/099813, published October 19, 1989, by O. Kirk, assigned to Novo Industries A S.
  • the present invention encompasses peroxidase-free automatic dishwashing composition embodiments.
  • the enzymes may be incorporated into detergent compositions herein in the form of suspensions, "marumes” or “prills".
  • Another suitable type of enzyme comprises those in the form of slurries of enzymes in nonionic surfactants, e.g., the enzymes marketed by Novo Nordisk under the tradename "SL” or the microencapsulated enzymes marketed by Novo Nordisk under the tradename "LDP.”
  • Enzymes added to the compositions herein in the form of conventional enzyme prills are especially preferred for use herein.
  • Such prills will generally range in size from about 100 to 1,000 microns, more preferably from about 200 to 800 microns and will be suspended throughout the non-aqueous liquid phase of the composition.
  • Prills in the compositions of the present invention have been found, in comparison with other enzyme forms, to exhibit especially desirable enzyme stability in terms of retention of enzymatic activity over time.
  • compositions which utilize enzyme prills need not contain conventional enzyme stabilizing such as must frequently be used when enzymes are incorporated into aqueous liquid detergents.
  • non-aqueous liquid detergent compositions herein will typically comprise from about 0.001% to 5%, preferably from about 0.01% to 1% by weight, of a commercial enzyme preparation.
  • Protease enzymes for example, are usually present in such commercial preparations at levels sufficient to provide from 0.005 to 0.1 Anson units (AU) of activity per gram of composition.
  • Enzyme Stabilizing System The enzyme-containing compositions herein may optionally also comprise from about 0.001% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.005% to about 8%, most preferably from about 0.01% to about 6%, by weight of an enzyme stabilizing system.
  • the enzyme stabilizing system can be any stabilizing system which is compatible with the detersive enzyme. Such a system may be inherently provided by other formulation actives, or be added separately, e.g., by the formulator or by a manufacturer of detergent-ready enzymes.
  • Such stabilizing systems can, for example, comprise calcium ion, boric acid, propylene glycol, short chain carboxyhc acids, boronic acids, and mixtures thereof, and are designed to address different stabilization problems depending on the type and physical form of the detergent composition.
  • Perfumes - Perfumes and perfumery ingredients useful in the present compositions and processes comprise a wide variety of natural and synthetic chemical ingredients, including, but not limited to, aldehydes, ketones, esters, and the like. Also included are various natural extracts and essences which can comprise complex mixtures of ingredients, such as orange oil, lemon oil, rose extract, lavender, musk, patchouli, balsamic essence, sandalwood oil, pine oil, cedar, and the like. Finished perfumes can comprise extremely complex mixtures of such ingredients. Finished perfumes typically comprise from about 0.01% to about 2%, by weight, of the detergent compositions herein, and individual perfumery ingredients can comprise from about 0.0001% to about 90% of a finished perfume composition.
  • compositions of the present invention may additionally contain a dispersant polymer.
  • a dispersant polymer in the instant compositions is typically at levels in the range from 0 to about 25%, preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, more preferably from about 1% to about 8% by weight of the composition.
  • Dispersant polymers are useful for improved filming performance of the present compositions, especially in higher pH embodiments, such as those in which wash pH exceeds about 9.5.
  • Particularly preferred are polymers which inhibit the deposition of calcium carbonate or magnesium silicate on dishware.
  • Dispersant polymers suitable for use herein are further illustrated by the film- forming polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,379,080 (Murphy), issued Apr. 5, 1983.
  • Suitable polymers are preferably at least partially neutralized or alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium (e.g., mono-, di- or triethanolammonium) salts of polycarboxylic acids.
  • the alkali metal, especially sodium salts are most preferred.
  • the molecular weight of the polymer can vary over a wide range, it preferably is from about 1,000 to about 500,000, more preferably is from about 1,000 to about 250,000, and most preferably, especially if the composition is for use in North American automatic dishwashing appliances, is from about 1,000 to about 5,000.
  • Other suitable dispersant polymers include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • Copolymers of acrylamide and acrylate having a molecular weight of from about 3,000 to about 100,000, preferably from about 4,000 to about 20,000, and an acrylamide content of less than about 50%, preferably less than about 20%, by weight of the dispersant polymer can also be used.
  • Particularly preferred dispersant polymers are low molecular weight modified poly aery late copolymers.
  • Suitable low molecular weight polyacrylate dispersant polymer preferably has a molecular weight of less than about 15,000, preferably from about 500 to about 10,000, most preferably from about 1,000 to about 5,000.
  • the most preferred polyacrylate copolymer for use herein has a molecular weight of about 3,500 and is the fully neutralized form of the polymer comprising about 70% by weight acrylic acid and about 30% by weight methacrylic acid.
  • Other dispersant polymers useful herein include the polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols having a molecular weight of from about 950 to about 30,000 which can be obtained from the Dow Chemical Company of Midland, Michigan.
  • dispersant polymers useful herein include the cellulose sulfate esters such as cellulose acetate sulfate, cellulose sulfate, hydroxyethyl cellulose sulfate, methylcellulose sulfate, and hydroxypropylcellulose sulfate.
  • cellulose sulfate esters such as cellulose acetate sulfate, cellulose sulfate, hydroxyethyl cellulose sulfate, methylcellulose sulfate, and hydroxypropylcellulose sulfate.
  • Sodium cellulose sulfate is the most preferred polymer of this group.
  • compositions of the present invention are automatic dishwashing compositions they may contain one or more material care agents which are effective as corrosion inhibitors and/or anti-tarnish aids. Such materials are preferred components of machine dishwashing compositions especially in certain European countries where the use of electroplated nickel silver and sterling silver is still comparatively common in domestic flatware, or when aluminium protection is a concern and the composition is low in silicate.
  • such material care agents include metasilicate, silicate, bismuth salts, manganese salts, paraffin, triazoles, pyrazoles, thiols, mercaptans, aluminium fatty acid salts, and mixtures thereof.
  • Suitable corrosion inhibitors include paraffin oil, typically a predominantly branched aliphatic hydrocarbon having a number of carbon atoms in the range of from about 20 to about 50; preferred paraffin oil is selected from predominantly branched C25-45 species with a ratio of cyclic to noncyclic hydrocarbons of about 32:68.
  • paraffin oil meeting those characteristics is sold by Wintershall, Salzbergen, Germany, under the trade name WINOG 70.
  • compositions herein may also optionally contain one or more iron and/or manganese chelating agents.
  • Such chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents and mixtures therein, all as hereinafter defined. Without intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that the benefit of these materials is due in part to their exceptional ability to remove iron and manganese ions from washing solutions by formation of soluble chelates.
  • Amino carboxylates useful as optional chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetrace-tates, N-hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilo-tri- acetates, ethylenediamine tetrapro-prionates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriaminepentaacetates, and ethanoldi-glycines, alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts therein and mixtures therein.
  • Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at lease low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions, and include ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates) as DEQUEST. Preferred, these amino phosphonates to not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms.
  • Polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents are also useful in the compositions herein. See U.S. Patent 3,812,044, issued May 21, 1974, to Connor et al.
  • Preferred compounds of this type in acid form are dihydroxydisulfobenzenes such as 1,2- dihydroxy-3,5-disulfobenzene.
  • EDDS ethylenediamine disuccinate
  • [S,S] isomer as described in U.S. Patent 4,704,233, November 3, 1987, to Hartman and Perkins.
  • compositions herein may also contain water-soluble methyl glycine diacetic acid (MGDA) salts (or acid form) as a chelant or co-builder.
  • MGDA water-soluble methyl glycine diacetic acid
  • wash builders such as citrate can also be used as chelating agents. If utilized, these chelating agents will generally comprise from about 0.1% to about 15%) by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably, if utilized, the chelating agents will comprise from about 0.1% to about 3.0% by weight of such compositions.
  • the surfactants of the present invention may be used in compositions which cover a wide range, from acidic to basic and all shades in-between.
  • the compositions of the present invention can have a pH from 2 to 12. If a composition with a pH greater than 7 is to be more effective, it preferably should contain a buffering agent capable of providing a generally more alkaline pH in the composition and in dilute solutions, i.e., about 0.1% to 0.4% by weight aqueous solution, of the composition.
  • the pKa value of this buffering agent should be about 0.5 to 1.0 pH units below the desired pH value of the composition (determined as described above).
  • the pKa of the buffering agent should be from about 7 to about 10. Under these conditions the buffering agent most effectively controls the pH while using the least amount thereof.
  • an acidic buffering system can be employed to maintain the compositions pH.
  • the buffering agent may be an active detergent in its own right, or it may be a low molecular weight, organic or inorganic material that is used in this composition solely for maintaining an alkaline pH.
  • One type of preferred buffering agents for compositions of this invention are nitrogen-containing materials. Some examples are amino acids such as lysine or lower alcohol amines like mono-, di-, and tri-ethanolamine.
  • Tri(hydroxymethyl)amino methane (HOCH2)3CNH3 TriS
  • 2-amino-2-ethyl-l,3-propanediol 2-amino-2-methyl-propanol
  • 2-amino-2-methyl-l,3-propanol disodium glutamate
  • N-methyl diethanolamide 1,3- diamino-propanol N,N'-tetra-methyl-l,3-diamino-2-propanol
  • Mixtures of any of the above are also acceptable.
  • Useful inorganic buffers/alkalinity sources include the alkali metal carbonates and alkali metal phosphates, e.g., sodium carbonate, sodium polyphosphate. Also suitable are organic acids like citric acid, acetic acid and the like. For additional buffers see McCutcheon's EMULSIFIERS AND DETERGENTS, North American Edition, 1997, McCutcheon Division, MC Publishing Company Kirk and WO 95/07971 both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • buffers especially in LDL compositions, are diamines.
  • Preferred organic diamines are those in which pKl and pK2 are in the range of about 8.0 to about 11.5, preferably in the range of about 8.4 to about 11, even more preferably from about 8.6 to about 10.75.
  • Other preferred materials are the primary/primary diamines with alkylene spacers ranging from C4 to C8. In general, it is believed that primary diamines are preferred over secondary and tertiary diamines.
  • pKal and pKa2 are quantities of a type collectively known to those skilled in the art as “pKa” pKa is used herein in the same manner as is commonly known to people skilled in the art of chemistry. Values referenced herein can be obtained from literature, such as from “Critical Stability Constants: Volume 2, Amines” by Smith and Martel, Plenum Press, NY and London, 1975. Additional information on pKa's can be obtained from relevant company literature, such as information supplied by Dupont, a supplier of diamines. More detailed information of pKa's can be found in US Pat App No. 08/770,972 filed 12/29/96 to Procter & Gamble (Attorney Docket No. 6459)
  • diamines examples include the following: dimethyl aminopropyl amine, 1,6-hexane diamine, 1,3 propane diamine, 2-methyl 1,5 pentane diamine, 1,3-Pentanediamine, 1,3-diaminobutane, 1 ,2-bis(2-aminoethoxy)ethane, Isophorone diamine, l,3-bis(methylamine)-cyclohexane and mixtures thereof.
  • the buffer can be complemented (i.e. for improved sequestration in hard water) by other optional detergency builder salts selected from nonphosphate detergency builders known in the art, which include the various water-soluble, alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium borates, hydroxysulfonates, polyacetates, and polycarboxylates. Preferred are the alkali metal, especially sodium, salts of such materials. Alternate water- soluble, non-phosphorus organic builders can be used for their sequestering properties.
  • polyacetate and polycarboxylate builders are the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid; nitrilotriacetic acid, tartrate monosuccinic acid, tartrate disuccinic acid, oxydisuccinic acid, carboxymethoxysuccinic acid, mellitic acid, and sodium benzene polycarboxylate salts.
  • the buffering agent if used, is present in the compositions of the invention herein at a level of from about 0.1% to 15%, preferably from about 1% to 10%, most preferably from about 2% to 8%, by weight of the composition.
  • the optional buffer used is a diamine
  • the composition will preferably contain at least about 0.1%, more preferably at least about 0.2%, even more preferably, at least about 0.25%, even more preferably still, at least about 0.5% by weight of said composition of diamine.
  • the composition will also preferably contain no more than about 15%, more preferably no more than about 10%, even more preferably, no more than about 6%, even more preferably, no more than about 5%, even more preferably still, no more than about 1.5% by weight of said composition of diamine.
  • compositions may further comprise water-soluble silicates.
  • Water- soluble silicates herein are any silicates which are soluble to the extent that they do not adversely affect spotting/filming characteristics of the composition.
  • Examples of silicates are sodium metasilicate and, more generally, the alkali metal silicates, particularly those having a SiO2:Na2O ratio in the range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1; and layered silicates, such as the layered sodium silicates described in U.S. Patent 4,664,839, issued May 12, 1987 to H. P. Rieck.
  • NaSKS-6® is a crystalline layered silicate marketed by Hoechst (commonly abbreviated herein as "SKS-6").
  • Na SKS-6 and other water-soluble silicates usefule herein do not contain aluminum.
  • NaSKS- 6 is the ⁇ -Na2Si ⁇ 5 form of layered silicate and can be prepared by methods such as those described in German DE-A-3,417,649 and DE-A-3,742,043.
  • SKS-6 is a preferred layered silicate for use herein, but other such layered silicates, such as those having the general formula NaMSi x ⁇ 2 x +]-yH2 ⁇ wherein M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, preferably 2, and y is a number from 0 to 20, preferably 0 can be used.
  • layered silicates from Hoechst include NaSKS-5, NaSKS-7 and NaSKS-11, as the ⁇ -, ⁇ - and ⁇ - forms.
  • Other silicates may also be useful, such as for example magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granular formulations, as a stabilizing agent for oxygen bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems.
  • Silicates particularly useful in automatic dishwashing (ADD) applications include granular hydrous 2-ratio silicates such as BRITESIL® H20 from PQ Corp., and the commonly sourced BRITESIL® H24 though liquid grades of various silicates can be used when the ADD composition has liquid form.
  • sodium metasilicate or sodium hydroxide alone or in combination with other silicates may be used in an ADD context to boost wash pH to a desired level. Bleaching Compounds
  • Bleaching Agents and Bleach Activators The compositions herein preferably further contain a bleach and or a bleach activators.
  • Bleaches agents will typically, when present, be at levels of from about 1% to about 30%, more typically from about 5% to about 20%, of the detergent composition, especially for fabric laundering. If present, the amount of bleach activators will typically be from about 0.1% to about 60%, more typically from about 0.5% to about 40% of the composition comprising the bleaching agent-plus-bleach activator.
  • the bleaches used herein can be any of the bleaches useful for detergent compositions in textile cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or other cleaning purposes that are now known or become known. These include oxygen bleaches as well as other bleaching agents.
  • Perborate bleaches e.g., sodium perborate (e.g., mono- or tetra- hydrate) can be used herein. Also suitable are organic or inorganic peracids.
  • Suitable organic or inorganic peracids for use herein include: percarboxylic acids and salts; percarbonic acids and salts; perimidic acids and salts; peroxymonosulfuric acids and salts; persulphates such as monopersulfate; peroxyacids such as diperoxydodecandioic acid (DPDA); magnesium perphthalic acid; perlauric acid; phthaloyl amidoperoxy caproic acid (PAP); perbenzoic and alkylperbenzoic acids; and mixtures thereof.
  • DPDA diperoxydodecandioic acid
  • PAP phthaloyl amidoperoxy caproic acid
  • perbenzoic and alkylperbenzoic acids and mixtures thereof.
  • One class of suitable organic peroxycarboxylic acids have the general formula: O
  • Organic peroxyacids suitable for use in the present invention can contain either one or two peroxy groups and can be either aliphatic or aromatic. When the organic peroxycarboxylic acid is aliphatic, the unsubstituted acid has the general formula:
  • Y can be, for example, H, CH3, CH 2 C1, C(O)OH, or C(O)OOH; and n is an integer from 1 to 20.
  • Y can be, for example, H, CH3, CH 2 C1, C(O)OH, or C(O)OOH; and n is an integer from 1 to 20.
  • the organic peroxycarboxylic acid is aromatic, the unsubstituted acid has the general formula:
  • Y can be, for example, hydrogen, alkyl, alkylhalogen, halogen, C(O)OH or C(O)OOH.
  • Typical monoperoxy acids useful herein include alkyl and aryl peroxyacids such as:
  • peroxybenzoic acid and ring-substituted peroxybenzoic acid e.g. peroxy-a- naphthoic acid, monoperoxyphthalic acid (magnesium salt hexahydrate), and ocarboxybenzamidoperoxyhexanoic acid (sodium salt);
  • aliphatic, substituted aliphatic and arylalkyl monoperoxy acids e.g.
  • N-nonanoylaminoperoxycaproic acid NAPCA
  • N,N-(3-octylsuccinoyl)aminoperoxycaproic acid SAP A
  • N,N- phthaloylaminoperoxycaproic acid PAP
  • amidoperoxyacids e.g. monononylamide of either peroxysuccinic acid (NAPSA) or of peroxyadipic acid (NAPAA).
  • Typical diperoxyacids useful herein include alkyl diperoxyacids and aryldiperoxyacids, such as:
  • Such bleaching agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S. Patent 4,634,551 to Burns et al., European Patent Application 0,133,354, Banks et al. published February 20, 1985, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934, Chung et al. issued November 1, 1983.
  • Sources also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns et al.
  • Persulfate compounds such as for example OXONE, manufactured commercially by E.I. DuPont de Nemours of Wilmington, DE can also be employed as a suitable source of peroxymonosulfuric acid.
  • Particularly preferred peracid compounds are those having the formula: o
  • R is C alkyl and n is an integer of from 1 to 5.
  • a particularly preferred peracid has the formula where R is CH 2 and n is 5 i.e., phthaloylamino peroxy caproic acid (PAP) as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,487,818, 5,310,934, 5,246,620, 5,279,757 and 5,132,431.
  • PAP is available from Ausimont SpA under the tradename Euroco.
  • the peracids used herein preferably have a solubility in aqueous liquid compositions measured at 20 °C of from about 10 ppm to about 1500 ppm, more preferably from about 50 ppm to about 1000 ppm, most preferably from about 50 ppm to about 800 ppm solubility is measured at 20 °C.
  • the peracid has mean average particle size of less than 100 microns, more preferably less than 80 microns, even more preferably less than 60 microns. Most preferably, when the peracid is PAP, it has a mean average particle size of between about 20 and about 50 microns.
  • the bleach can be a chlorine bleach.
  • Chlorine bleaches can be any convenient conventional chlorine bleach. Such compounds are often divided in to two categories namely, inorganic chlorine bleaches and organic chlorine bleaches. Examples of the former are hypochlorites, such as sodium hypochlorite, calcium hypochlorite, potassium hypochlorite, magnesium hypochlorite. Another example of an inorganic chlorine bleach usable in the present invention is chlorinated trisodium phosphate dodecahydrate. Examples of the latter are isocyanurates, such as potassium dichloroisocyanurate, sodium dichloroisocyanurate.
  • Examples of other organic chlorine bleaches usable in the present invention are l,3-dichloro-5,5- dimethlhydantoin, N-chlorosulfamide, chloramine T, Dichloramine T, chloramine B, Dichloramine T, N,N'-dichlorobenzoylene urea, paratoluene sulfondichoroamide, trichloromethylamine, N-chloroammeline, N-chlorosuccinimide, N,N'- dichloroazodicarbonamide, N-chloroacetyl urea, N,N'-dichlorobiuret and chlorinated dicyandamide.
  • the chlorine bleach is an inorganic chlorine bleach, more preferably it is sodium hypochlorite.
  • Another category of bleaches that can be used without restriction encompasses percarboxylic acid bleaching agents and salts thereof. Suitable examples of this class of agents include magnesium monoperoxyphthalate hexahydrate, the magnesium salt of metachloro perbenzoic acid, 4-nonylamino-4-oxoperoxybutyric acid and diperoxydodecanedioic acid.
  • Such bleaches are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S.
  • Highly preferred bleaches also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns et al.
  • Peroxygen bleaches can also be used. Suitable peroxygen bleaching compounds include sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate and equivalent "percarbonate" bleaches, sodium pyrophosphate peroxyhydrate, urea peroxy hydrate, and sodium peroxide.
  • Persulfate bleach e.g., OXONE, manufactured commercially by DuPont
  • OXONE manufactured commercially by DuPont
  • a preferred percarbonate bleach comprises dry particles having an average particle size in the range from about 500 micrometers to about 1,000 micrometers, not more than about 10% by weight of said particles being smaller than about 200 micrometers and not more than about 10% by weight of said particles being larger than about 1,250 micrometers.
  • the percarbonate can be coated with silicate, borate or water-soluble surfactants.
  • Percarbonate is available from various commercial sources such as FMC, Solvay and Tokai Denka. Mixtures of bleaches can also be used.
  • Peroxygen bleaches, the perborates, the percarbonates, etc. are preferably combined with bleach activators, which lead to the in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the peroxy acid corresponding to the bleach activator.
  • bleach activators Various nonlimiting examples of activators are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,915,854, issued April 10, 1990 to Mao et al, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934.
  • NOBS nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate
  • TAED tetraacetyl ethylene diamine
  • Bleach Activators Bleach activators useful herein include amides, imides, esters and anhydrides.
  • bleach activators are combined with a source of hydrogen peroxide, such as the perborates or percarbonates, in a single product.
  • a source of hydrogen peroxide such as the perborates or percarbonates
  • the single product leads to in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the percarboxylic acid corresponding to the bleach activator.
  • the product itself can be hydrous, for example a powder, provided that water is controlled in amount and mobility such that storage stability is acceptable.
  • the product can be an anhydrous solid or liquid.
  • the bleach activator or oxygen bleach is incorporated in a pretreatment product, such as a stain stick; soiled, pretreated substrates can then be exposed to further treatments, for example of a hydrogen peroxide source.
  • a pretreatment product such as a stain stick
  • soiled, pretreated substrates can then be exposed to further treatments, for example of a hydrogen peroxide source.
  • the atom in the leaving group connecting to the peracid-forming acyl moiety R(C)0- is most typically O or N.
  • Bleach activators can have non-charged, positively or negatively charged peracid-forming moieties and/or noncharged, positively or negatively charged leaving groups.
  • One or more peracid-forming moieties or leaving-groups can be present. See, for example, U.S. 5,595,967, U.S. 5,561,235, U.S.
  • bleach activators can be substituted with electron-donating or electron- releasing moieties either in the leaving-group or in the peracid-forming moiety or moieties, changing their reactivity and making them more or less suited to particular pH or wash conditions.
  • electron-withdrawing groups such as N0 2 improve the efficacy of bleach activators intended for use in mild-pH (e.g., from about 7.5- to about 9.5) wash conditions.
  • Cationic bleach activators include quaternary carbamate-, quaternary carbonate-, quaternary ester- and quaternary amide- types, delivering a range of cationic peroxyimidic, peroxycarbonic or peroxycarboxylic acids to the wash.
  • An analogous but non-cationic palette of bleach activators is available when quaternary derivatives are not desired.
  • cationic activators include quaternary ammonium- substituted activators of WO 96-06915, U.S. 4,751,015 and 4,397,757, EP-A-284292, EP-A-331,229 and EP-A-03520.
  • cationic nitriles as disclosed in EP-A- 303,520 and in European Patent Specification 458,396 and 464,880.
  • Other nitrile types have electron-withdrawing substituents as described in U.S. 5,591,378.
  • bleach activator disclosures include GB 836,988; 864,798; 907,356; 1,003,310 and 1,519,351 ; German Patent 3,337,921 ; EP-A-0185522; EP-A-0174132; EP-A-0120591 ; U.S. Pat. Nos. 1,246,339; 3,332,882; 4,128,494; 4,412,934 and 4,675,393, and the phenol sulfonate ester of alkanoyl aminoacids disclosed in U.S. 5,523,434.
  • Suitable bleach activators include any acetylated diamine types, whether hydrophilic or hydrophobic in character.
  • preferred classes include the esters, including acyl phenol sulfonates, acyl alkyl phenol sulfonates or acyl oxybenzenesulfonates (OBS leaving- group); the acyl-amides; and the quaternary ammonium substituted peroxyacid precursors including the cationic nitriles.
  • Preferred bleach activators include N,N,N'N'-tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) or any of its close relatives including the triacetyl or other unsymmetrical derivatives.
  • TAED and the acetylated carbohydrates such as glucose pentaacetate and tetraacetyl xylose are preferred hydrophilic bleach activators.
  • acetyl triethyl citrate a liquid, also has some utility, as does phenyl benzoate.
  • Preferred hydrophobic bleach activators include sodium nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (NOBS or SNOBS), N-(alkanoyl)aminoalkanoyloxy benzene sulfonates, such as 4-[N-(nonanoyl)aminohexanoyloxy]-benzene sulfonate or (NACA-OBS) as described in US Patent 5,534,642 and in EPA 0 355 384 Al, substituted amide types described in detail hereinafter, such as activators related to NAPAA, and activators related to certain imidoperacid bleaches, for example as described in U.S. Patent 5,061,807, issued October 29, 1991 and assigned to Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft of Frankfurt, Germany and Japanese Laid-Open Patent Application (Kokai) No. 4-28799.
  • NOBS sodium nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate
  • NACA-OBS N-(alkanoyl)a
  • peracids and bleach activators herein are those derivable from acyclic imidoperoxycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, See US Patent 5415796, and cyclic imidoperoxycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, see US patents 5,061,807, 5,132,431, 5,6542,69, 5,246,620, 5,419,864 and 5,438,147.
  • bleach activators include sodium-4-benzoyloxy benzene sulfonate (SBOBS); sodium- l-methyl-2-benzoyloxy benzene-4-sulphonate; sodium-4-methyl-3- benzoyloxy benzoate (SPCC); trimethyl ammonium toluyloxy-benzene sulfonate; or sodium 3,5,5-trimethyl hexanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (STHOBS).
  • SBOBS sodium-4-benzoyloxy benzene sulfonate
  • SPCC sodium-4-methyl-3- benzoyloxy benzoate
  • STHOBS sodium 3,5,5-trimethyl hexanoyloxybenzene sulfonate
  • Bleach activators may be used in an amount of up to 20%, preferably from 0.1- 10% by weight, of the composition, though higher levels, 40% or more, are acceptable, for example in highly concentrated bleach additive product forms or forms intended for appliance automated dosing.
  • Highly preferred bleach activators useful herein are amide-substituted and an extensive and exhaustive disclosure of these activators can be found in US Patents 5,686,014 and 5,622,646.
  • bleaching results can be obtained from bleaching systems having with in-use pH of from about 6 to about 13, preferably from about 9.0 to about 10.5.
  • activators with electron-withdrawing moieties are used for near-neutral or sub-neutral pH ranges.
  • Alkalis and buffering agents can be used to secure such pH.
  • Acyl lactam activators are very useful herein, especially the acyl caprolactams (see for example WO 94-28102 A) and acyl valerolactams (see U.S. 5,503,639). See also U.S. 4,545,784 which discloses acyl caprolactams, including benzoyl caprolactam adsorbed into sodium perborate.
  • NOBS, lactam activators, imide activators or amide-functional activators, especially the more hydrophobic derivatives are desirably combined with hydrophilic activators such as TAED, typically at weight ratios of hydrophobic activator : TAED in the range of 1 :5 to 5:1, preferably about 1 :1.
  • hydrophilic activators such as TAED
  • Other suitable lactam activators are alpha-modified, see WO 96-22350 Al, July 25, 1996.
  • Lactam activators, especially the more hydrophobic types are desirably used in combination with TAED, typically at weight ratios of amido-derived or caprolactam activators : TAED in the range of 1 :5 to 5: 1 , preferably about 1 : 1.
  • bleach activators having cyclic amidine leaving- group disclosed in U.S. 5,552,556.
  • Nonlimiting examples of additional activators useful herein are to be found in U.S. 4,915,854, U.S. 4,412,934 and 4,634,551.
  • the hydrophobic activator nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (NOBS) and the hydrophilic tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) activator are typical, and mixtures thereof can also be used.
  • Additional activators useful herein include those of U.S. 5,545,349, which is also incorporated herein by reference.
  • Bleaches other than oxygen bleaching agents are also known in the art and can be utilized herein.
  • One type of non-oxygen bleaching agent of particular interest includes photoactivated bleaches such as the sulfonated zinc and/or aluminum phthalocyanines. See U.S. Patent 4,033,718, issued July 5, 1977 to Holcombe et al. If used, detergent compositions will typically contain from about 0.025% to about 1.25%, by weight, of such bleaches, especially sulfonate zinc phthalocyanine.
  • compositions and methods may optionally utilize metal- containing bleach catalysts that are effective for use in ADD, laundry or bleaching compositions.
  • metal- containing bleach catalysts that are effective for use in ADD, laundry or bleaching compositions.
  • Preferred are manganese and cobalt-containing bleach catalysts.
  • suitable bleach catalysts see U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,246,612, 5,804542,
  • Y can be protonated if more than one anionic group exists in Y, e.g., HPO42-, HCO3", H2PO4', etc., and further, Y may be selected from the group consisting of non-traditional inorganic anions such as anionic surfactants, e.g., linear alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS), alkyl sulfates (AS), alkylethoxysulfonates (AES), etc., and/or anionic polymers, e.g., polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, etc.]; and wherein further at least one of the coordination sites attached to the cobalt is labile under automatic dishwashing use conditions and the remaining coordination sites stabilize the cobalt under automatic dishwashing conditions such that the reduction potential for cobalt
  • anionic surfactants e.g., linear alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS), alkyl sulfates (AS), alkylethoxysulfon
  • the preferred cobalt catalyst of this type useful herein are cobalt pentaamine chloride salts having the formula [Co(NH3)5 ⁇ ] Yy, and especially [Co(NH3)5 ⁇ ]Cl 2 .
  • cobalt catalyst useful herein are cobalt pentaamine acetate salts having the formula [Co(NH3)5OAc] T y , wherein OAc represents an acetate moiety, and especially cobalt pentaamine acetate chloride, [Co(NH3)5OAc]Cl 2 ; as well as
  • the cleaning compositions and cleaning processes herein can be adjusted to provide on the order of at least one part per hundred million of the active bleach catalyst species, when present, in the aqueous washing medium, and will more preferably provide from about 0.01 ppm to about 25 ppm, more preferably from about 0.05 ppm to about 10 ppm, and most preferably from about 0.1 ppm to about 5 ppm, of the bleach catalyst species in the wash liquor.
  • typical automatic dishwashing compositions herein will comprise from about 0.0005% to about 0.2%, more preferably from about 0.004% to about 0.08%, of bleach catalyst by weight of the cleaning compositions.
  • Builders - Builders can operate via a variety of mechanisms including forming soluble or insoluble complexes with hardness ions, by ion exchange, and by offering a surface more favorable to the precipitation of hardness ions than are the surfaces of articles to be cleaned.
  • Builder level can vary widely depending upon end use and physical form of the composition. For example, high-surfactant formulations can be unbuilt.
  • the level of builder can vary widely depending upon the end use of the composition and its desired physical form.
  • the compositions will comprise at least about 0.1%, preferably from about 1% to about 90%, more preferably from about 5% to about 80%), even more preferably from about 10% to about 40% by weight, of the detergent builder. Lower or higher levels of builder, however, are not excluded.
  • Suitable builders herein can be selected from the group consisting of phosphates and polyphosphates, especially the sodium salts; carbonates, bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates and carbonate minerals other than sodium carbonate or sesquicarbonate; organic mono-, di-, tri-, and tetracarboxylates especially water-soluble nonsurfactant carboxylates in acid, sodium, potassium or alkanolammonium salt form, as well as oligomeric or water-soluble low molecular weight polymer carboxylates including aliphatic and aromatic types; and phytic acid.
  • phosphates and polyphosphates especially the sodium salts
  • carbonates, bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates and carbonate minerals other than sodium carbonate or sesquicarbonate organic mono-, di-, tri-, and tetracarboxylates especially water-soluble nonsurfactant carboxylates in acid, sodium, potassium or alkanolammonium salt form, as well as oligomeric or water-soluble low molecular weight polymer carboxy
  • borates e.g., for pH-buffering purposes
  • sulfates especially sodium sulfate and any other fillers or carriers which may be important to the engineering of stable surfactant and/or builder-containing detergent compositions.
  • Builder mixtures sometimes termed “builder systems” can be used and typically comprise two or more conventional builders, optionally complemented by chelants, pH- buffers or fillers, though these latter materials are generally accounted for separately when describing quantities of materials herein.
  • preferred builder systems are typically formulated at a weight ratio of surfactant to builder of from about 60: 1 to about 1:80.
  • Certain preferred granular detergents have said ratio in the range 0.90:1.0 to 4.0:1.0, more preferably from 0.95:1.0 to 3.0:1.0.
  • P-containing detergent builders often preferred where permitted by legislation include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphosphates exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, glassy polymeric meta-phosphates; and phosphonates.
  • phosphorus-based builders can be used, the various alkali metal phosphates such as the well-known sodium tripolyphosphates, sodium pyrophosphate and sodium orthophosphate can be used.
  • Phosphonate builders such as ethane- 1 -hydroxy- 1,1-diphosphonate and other known phosphonates (see, for example, U.S. Patents 3,159,581; 3,213,030; 3,422,021; 3,400,148 and 3,422,137) can also be used though such materials are more commonly used in a low- level mode as chelants or stabilizers.
  • Phosphate detergent builders for use in granular compositions are well known. They include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphosphates (exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, and glassy polymeric meta-phosphates). Phosphate builder sources are described in detail in Kirk Othmer, 3rd Edition, Vol. 17, pp. 426-472 and in "Advanced Inorganic Chemistry” by Cotton and Wilkinson, pp. 394-400 (John Wiley and Sons, Inc.; 1972).
  • Preferred levels of phosphate builders herein are from about 10% to about 75%, preferably from about 15% to about 50%, of phosphate builder.
  • Phosphate builders can optionally be included in the compositions herein to assist in controlling mineral hardness. Builders are typically used in automatic dishwashing to assist in the removal of particulate soils.
  • Suitable carbonate builders include alkaline earth and alkali metal carbonates as disclosed in German Patent Application No. 2,321,001 published on November 15, 1973, although sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium sesquicarbonate, and other carbonate minerals such as trona or any convenient multiple salts of sodium carbonate and calcium carbonate such as those having the composition 2Na 2 CO3.CaCO3 when anhydrous, and even calcium carbonates including calcite, aragonite and vaterite, especially forms having high surface areas relative to compact calcite may be useful, for example as seeds.
  • Various grades and types of sodium carbonate and sodium sesquicarbonate may be used, certain of which are particularly useful as carriers for other ingredients, especially detersive surfactants.
  • Suitable organic detergent builders include polycarboxylate compounds, including water-soluble nonsurfactant dicarboxylates and tricarboxylates. More typically builder polycarboxylates have a plurality of carboxylate groups, preferably at least 3 carboxylates.
  • Carboxylate builders can be formulated in acid, partially neutral, neutral or overbased form. When in salt form, alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium, and lithium, or alkanolammonium salts are preferred.
  • Polycarboxylate builders include the ether polycarboxylates, such as oxydisuccinate, see Berg, U.S. 3,128,287, April 7, 1964, and Lamberti et al, U.S.
  • Suitable builders are the ether hydroxypolycarboxylates, copolymers of maleic anhydride with ethylene or vinyl methyl ether; 1, 3, 5-trihydroxy benzene-2, 4, 6- trisulphonic acid; carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid; the various alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of polyacetic acids such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid and nitrilotriacetic acid; as well as mellitic acid, succinic acid, oxydisuccinic acid, polymaleic acid, benzene 1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, and soluble salts thereof.
  • Citrates e.g., citric acid and soluble salts thereof are important carboxylate builders due to availability from renewable resources and biodegradability. Citrates can also be used in the present granular compositions, especially in combination with zeolite and/or layered silicates. Citrates can also be used in combination with zeolite, the hereafter mentioned BRITESIL types, and/or layered silicate builders. Oxydisuccinates are also useful in such compositions and combinations. Oxydisuccinates are also especially useful in such compositions and combinations.
  • alkali metal phosphates such as sodium tripolyphosphates, sodium pyrophosphate and sodium orthophosphate can be used.
  • Phosphonate builders such as ethane- 1 -hydroxy- 1 , 1 -diphosphonate and other known phosphonates, e.g., those of U.S. 3,159,581; 3,213,030; 3,422,021; 3,400,148 and 3,422,137 can also be used and may have desirable antiscaling properties.
  • detersive surfactants or their short-chain homologs also have a builder action. For unambiguous formula accounting purposes, when they have surfactant capability, these materials are summed up as detersive surfactants.
  • Preferred types for builder functionality are illustrated by: 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-l,6-hexanedioates and the related compounds disclosed in U.S. 4,566,984, Bush, January 28, 1986.
  • Succinic acid builders include the C5-C 2 Q alkyl and alkenyl succinic acids and salts thereof.
  • Succinate builders also include: laurylsuccinate, myristylsuccinate, palmitylsuccinate, 2- dodecenylsuccinate (preferred), 2-pentadecenylsuccinate, and the like. Lauryl-succinates are described in European Patent Application 86200690.5/0,200,263, published
  • Fatty acids e.g., C ⁇ 2 -Cj g monocarboxylic acids
  • surfactant/builder materials alone or in combination with the aforementioned builders, especially citrate and/or the succinate builders, to provide additional builder activity but are generally not desired.
  • Such use of fatty acids will generally result in a diminution of sudsing in laundry compositions, which may need to be taken into account by the formulator.
  • Fatty acids or their salts are undesirable in Automatic Dishwashing (ADD) embodiments in situations wherein soap scums can form and be deposited on dishware.
  • ADD Automatic Dishwashing
  • Other suitable polycarboxylates are disclosed in U.S.
  • a water-soluble cation selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, water- soluble metals, hydrogen, boron, ammonium, silicon, and mixtures thereof, more preferably, sodium, potassium, hydrogen, lithium, ammonium and mixtures thereof, sodium and potassium being highly preferred.
  • noncarbonate anions include those selected from the group consisting of chloride, sulfate, fluoride, oxygen, hydroxide, silicon dioxide, chromate, nitrate, borate and mixtures thereof.
  • Preferred builders of this type in their simplest forms are selected from the group consisting of Na Ca(CO3) 2 , K 2 Ca(CO3) 2 , Na 2 Ca 2 (CO3) 3 , NaKCa(CO3) 2 ,
  • Suitable builders of the above-defined type are further illustrated by, and include, the natural or synthetic forms of any one or combinations of the following minerals:sammlungite, Andersonite, AshcroftineY, Beyerite, Borcarite, Burbankite, Butschliite, Cancrinite, Carbocernaite, Carletonite, Davyne, DonnayiteY, Fairchildite, Ferrisurite, Franzinite, Gaudefroyite, Gaylussite, Girvasite, Gregoryite, Jouravskite, KamphaugiteY, Kettnerite, Khanneshite, LepersonniteGd, Liottite, MckelveyiteY, Microsommite, Mroseite, Natrofairchildite, Nyerereite, RemonditeCe, Sacrofanite, Sch
  • Detergent builders can also be selected from aluminosilicates and silicates, for example to assist in controlling mineral, especially Ca and/or Mg, hardness in wash water or to assist in the removal of particulate soils from surfaces.
  • Suitable silicate builders include water-soluble and hydrous solid types and including those having chain-, layer-, or three-dimensional- structure as well as amorphous-solid or non-structured-liquid types.
  • alkali metal silicates particularly those liquids and solids having a SiO 2 :Na 2 O ratio in the range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1, including, particularly for automatic dishwashing purposes, solid hydrous 2-ratio silicates marketed by PQ Corp. under the tradename BRITESIL®, e.g., BRITESIL H2O; and layered silicates, e.g., those described in U.S. 4,664,839, May 12, 1987, H. P. Rieck.
  • NaSKS-6 is a crystalline layered aluminium-free ⁇ - a2Si ⁇ 5 morphology silicate marketed by Hoechst and is preferred especially in granular laundry compositions. See preparative methods in German DE-A-3,417,649 and DE-A- 3,742,043.
  • Other layered silicates such as those having the general formula
  • NaMSi x O 2x + ⁇ -yH 2 O wherein M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, preferably 2, and y is a number from 0 to 20, preferably 0, can also or alternately be used herein.
  • Layered silicates from Hoechst also include NaSKS-5, NaSKS-7 and NaSKS-1 1, as the ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ layer-silicate forms.
  • Other silicates may also be useful, such as magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granules, as a stabilising agent for bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems.
  • crystalline ion exchange materials or hydrates thereof having chain structure and a composition represented by the following general formula in an anhydride form: xM 2 O- ySi ⁇ 2.zM'O wherein M is Na and or K,
  • M' is Ca and/or Mg; y/x is 0.5 to 2.0 and z/x is 0.005 to 1.0 as taught in U.S. 5,427,711,
  • Aluminosilicate builders are especially useful in granular compositions, but can also be incorporated in liquids, pastes or gels. Suitable for the present purposes are those having empirical formula: [M z (AlO ) z (SiO ) v ]- xH 2 O wherein z and v are integers of at least 6, the molar ratio of z to v is in the range from 1.0 to 0.5, and x is an integer from 15 to 264.
  • Aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous, naturally-occurring or synthetically derived. An aluminosilicate production method is in U.S. 3,985,669, Krummel, et al, October 12, 1976.
  • the aluminosilicate has a particle size of 0.1-10 microns in diameter.
  • Detergent builders other than silicates can be used in the compositions herein to assist in controlling mineral hardness. They can be used in conjunction with or instead of aluminosilicates and silicates. Inorganic as well as organic builders can be used. Builders are used in automatic dishwashing to assist in the removal of particulate soils. Inorganic or non-phosphate-containing detergent builders include, but are not limited to, phosphonates, phytic acid, carbonates (including bicarbonates and sesquicarbonates), sulfates, citrate, zeolite, and aluminosilicates.
  • Aluminosilicate builders may be used in the present compositions though are not preferred for automatic dishwashing detergents. (See U.S. Pat. 4,605,509 for examples of preferred aluminosilicates.) Aluminosilicate builders are of great importance in most currently marketed heavy duty granular detergent compositions, and can also be a significant builder ingredient in liquid detergent formulations. Aluminosilicate builders include those having the empirical formula: Na 0-Al 2 ⁇ 3-xSiO z -yH2 ⁇ wherein z and y are integers of at least 6, the molar ratio of z to y is in the range from 1.0 to about 0.5, and x is an integer from about 15 to about 264.
  • aluminosilicate ion exchange materials are commercially available. These aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous in structure and can be naturally- occurring aluminosilicates or synthetically derived. A method for producing aluminosilicate ion exchange materials is disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,985,669, Krummel, et al, issued October 12, 1976. Preferred synthetic crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange materials useful herein are available under the designations Zeolite A, Zeolite P (B), Zeolite MAP and Zeolite X.
  • the crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange material has the formula: Nai 2 [(AlO 2 ) ⁇ 2 (SiO 2 ) ⁇ 2 ]-xH 2 O wherein x is from about 20 to about 30, especially about 27.
  • the aluminosilicate has a particle size of about 0.1-10 microns in diameter. Individual particles can desirably be even smaller than 0.1 micron to further assist kinetics of exchange through maximization of surface area. High surface area also increases utility of aluminosilicates as adsorbents for surfactants, especially in granular compositions.
  • Aggregates of aluminosilicate particles may be useful, a single aggregate having dimensions tailored to minimize segregation in granular compositions, while the aggregate particle remains dispersible to submicron individual particles during the wash.
  • it may be desirable to use zeolites in any physical or morphological form adapted to promote surfactant carrier function, and appropriate particle sizes may be freely selected by the formulator.
  • Polymeric Soil Release Agent may optionally comprise one or more soil release agents.
  • Polymeric soil release agents are characterized by having both hydrophilic segments, to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers, such as polyester and nylon, and hydrophobic segments, to deposit upon hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through completion of the laundry cycle and , thus, serve as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments. This can enable stains occuring subsequent to treatment with the soil release agent to be more easily cleaned in later washing procedures.
  • soil release agents will generally comprise from about 0.01% to about 10% preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, more preferably from about 0.2% to about 3% by weight, of the composition.
  • compositions of the present invention can also optionally contain water-soluble ethoxylated amines having clay soil removal and antiredeposition properties.
  • Granular compositions which contain these compounds typically contain from about 0.01% to about 10.0% by weight of the water- soluble ethoxylates amines; liquid detergent compositions typically contain about 0.01% to about 5%.
  • Polymeric Dispersing Agents can advantageously be utilized at levels from about 0.1% to about 7%, by weight, in the compositions herein, especially in the presence of zeolite and/or layered silicate builders.
  • Suitable polymeric dispersing agents include polymeric polycarboxylates and polyethylene glycols, although others known in the art can also be used. It is believed, though it is not intended to be limited by theory, that polymeric dispersing agents enhance overall detergent builder performance, when used in combination with other builders (including lower molecular weight polycarboxylates) by crystal growth inhibition, paniculate soil release peptization, and anti-redeposition.
  • Polymeric polycarboxylate materials can be prepared by polymerizing or copolymerizing suitable unsaturated monomers, preferably in their acid form.
  • Unsaturated monomeric acids that can be polymerized to form suitable polymeric polycarboxylates include acrylic acid, maleic acid (or maleic anhydride), fumaric acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid and methylenemalonic acid.
  • the presence in the polymeric polycarboxylates herein or monomeric segments, containing no carboxylate radicals such as vinylmethyl ether, styrene, ethylene, etc. is suitable provided that such segments do not constitute more than about 40% by weight.
  • Particularly suitable polymeric polycarboxylates can be derived from acrylic acid.
  • acrylic acid-based polymers which are useful herein are the water-soluble salts of polymerized acrylic acid.
  • the average molecular weight of such polymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from about 4,000 to 7,000 and most preferably from about 4,000 to 5,000.
  • Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid polymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts. Soluble polymers of this type are known materials. Use of polyacrylates of this type in detergent compositions has been disclosed, for example, in Diehl, U.S. Patent 3,308,067, issued march 7, 1967.
  • Acrylic/maleic-based copolymers may also be used as a preferred component of the dispersing/anti-redeposition agent.
  • Such materials include the water-soluble salts of copolymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid.
  • the average molecular weight of such copolymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from about 5,000 to 75,000, most preferably from about 7,000 to 65,000.
  • the ratio of acrylate to maleate segments in such copolymers will generally range from about 30:1 to about 1:1, more preferably from about 10: 1 to 2:1.
  • Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid/maleic acid copolymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts.
  • Soluble acrylate/maleate copolymers of this type are known materials which are described in European Patent Application No. 66915, published December 15, 1982, as well as in EP 193,360, published September 3, 1986, which also describes such polymers comprising hydroxypropylacrylate.
  • Still other useful dispersing agents include the maleic/acrylic/vinyl alcohol terpolymers.
  • Such materials are also disclosed in EP 193,360, including, for example, the 45/45/10 terpolymer of acrylic/maleic/vinyl alcohol.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • PEG can exhibit dispersing agent performance as well as act as a clay soil removal - antiredeposition agent.
  • Typical molecular weight ranges for these purposes range from about 500 to about 100,000, preferably from about 1,000 to about 50,000, more preferably from about 1,500 to about 10,000.
  • Polyaspartate and polyglutamate dispersing agents may also be used, especially in conjunction with zeolite builders.
  • Dispersing agents such as polyaspartate preferably have a molecular weight (avg.) of about 10,000.
  • Brightener Any optical brighteners or other brightening or whitening agents known in the art can be incorporated at levels typically from about 0.01% to about 1.2%, by weight, into the detergent compositions herein.
  • Commercial optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention can be classified into subgroups, which include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxyhc acid, methinecyanines, dibenzothiophene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6- membered-ring heterocycles, and other miscellaneous agents. Examples of such brighteners are disclosed in "The Production and Application of Fluorescent Brightening Agents", M.
  • optical brighteners which are useful in the present compositions are those identified in U.S. Patent 4,790,856, issued to Wixon on December 13, 1988. These brighteners include the PHORWHITE series of brighteners from Verona.
  • Tinopal UNPA Tinopal CBS and Tinopal 5BM
  • Ciba-Geigy Artie White CC and Artie White CWD
  • 2-(4-styryl-phenyl)-2H-naptho[l,2-d]triazoles 4,4'-bis-(l,2,3-triazol-2-yl)- stilbenes
  • 4,4'-bis(styryl)bisphenyls and the aminocoumarins.
  • these brighteners include 4-methyl-7-diethyl- amino coumarin; l,2-bis(benzimidazol-2- yl)ethylene; 1,3-diphenyl-pyrazolines; 2,5-bis(benzoxazol-2-yl)thiophene; 2-styryl- naptho[l,2-d]oxazole; and 2-(stilben-4-yl)-2H-naphtho[l,2-d]triazole. See also U.S. Patent 3,646,015, issued February 29, 1972 to Hamilton.
  • compositions of the present invention may also include one or more materials effective for inhibiting the transfer of dyes from one fabric to another during the cleaning process.
  • dye transfer inhibiting agents include polyvinyl pyrrolidone polymers, polyamine N-oxide polymers, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole, manganese phthalocyanine, peroxidases, and mixtures thereof. If used, these agents typically comprise from about 0.01% to about 10% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.01% to about 5%, and more preferably from about 0.05% to about 2%.
  • the polyamine N-oxide polymers preferred for use herein contain units having the following structural formula: R-A x -P; wherein P is a polymerizable unit to which an N-O group can be attached or the N-O group can form part of the polymerizable unit or the N-O group can be attached to both units;
  • x is 0 or 1; and
  • R is aliphatic, ethoxylated aliphatics, aromatics, heterocyclic or alicyclic groups or any combination thereof to which the nitrogen of the N-O group can be attached or the N-O group is part of these groups.
  • Preferred polyamine N-oxides are those wherein R is a heterocyclic group such as pyridine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrrolidine, piperidine and derivatives thereof.
  • R is a heterocyclic group such as pyridine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrrolidine, piperidine and derivatives thereof.
  • the N-O group can be represented by the following general structures:
  • the amine oxide unit of the polyamine N-oxides has a pKa ⁇ 10, preferably pKa ⁇ 7, more preferred pKa ⁇ 6.
  • Any polymer backbone can be used as long as the amine oxide polymer formed is water-soluble and has dye transfer inhibiting properties.
  • suitable polymeric backbones are polyvinyls, polyalkylenes, polyesters, polyethers, polyamide, polyimides, polyacrylates and mixtures thereof. These polymers include random or block copolymers where one monomer type is an amine N-oxide and the other monomer type is an N-oxide.
  • the amine N-oxide polymers typically have a ratio of amine to the amine N-oxide of 10: 1 to 1 : 1 ,000,000. However, the number of amine oxide groups present in the polyamine oxide polymer can be varied by appropriate copolymerization or by an appropriate degree of N-oxidation.
  • the polyamine oxides can be obtained in almost any degree of polymerization. Typically, the average molecular weight is within the range of 500 to 1,000,000; more preferred 1,000 to 500,000; most preferred 5,000 to 100,000. This preferred class of materials can be referred to as "PVNO".
  • poly(4-vinylpyridine-N-oxide) which as an average molecular weight of about 50,000 and an amine to amine N-oxide ratio of about 1 :4.
  • Copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole polymers are also preferred for use herein.
  • the PVPVI has an average molecular weight range from 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, and most preferably from 10,000 to 20,000. (The average molecular weight range is determined by light scattering as described in Barth, et al., Chemical Analysis, Vol 1 13.
  • the PVPVI copolymers typically have a molar ratio of N-vinylimidazole to N-vinylpyrrolidone from 1 : 1 to 0.2: 1, more preferably from 0.8: 1 to 0.3:1, most preferably from 0.6: 1 to 0.4: 1. These copolymers can be either linear or branched.
  • compositions also may employ a polyvinylpyrrolidone (“PVP”) having an average molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 400,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 200,000, and more preferably from about 5,000 to about 50,000.
  • PVP's are known to persons skilled in the detergent field; see, for example, EP-A-262,897 and EP-A-256,696, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Compositions containing PVP can also contain polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) having an average molecular weight from about 500 to about 100,000, preferably from about 1,000 to about 10,000.
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • the ratio of PEG to PVP on a ppm basis delivered in wash solutions is from about 2:1 to about 50: 1, and more preferably from about 3:1 to about 10:1.
  • compositions herein may also optionally contain from about 0.005% to 5% by weight of certain types of hydrophilic optical brighteners which also provide a dye transfer inhibition action. If used, the compositions herein will preferably comprise from about 0.01% to 1%) by weight of such optical brighteners.
  • hydrophilic optical brighteners useful in the present invention are those having the structural formula: wherein R ⁇ is selected from anilino, N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and NH-2-hydroxyethyl; R 2 is selected from N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl, N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino, morphilino, chloro and amino; and M is a salt-forming cation such as sodium or potassium.
  • R ⁇ is anilino
  • R 2 is N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and M is a cation such as sodium
  • the brightener is 4,4',-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl)-s- triazine-2-yl)amino]-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid and disodium salt.
  • This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal-UNPA-GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Tinopal-UNPA-GX is the preferred hydrophilic optical brightener useful in the detergent compositions herein.
  • R ⁇ is anilino
  • R 2 is N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-2- methylamino
  • M is a cation such as sodium
  • the brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N- 2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino)-s-triazine-2-yl)amino]2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid disodium salt.
  • This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal 5BM-GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
  • R ⁇ is anilino
  • R is morphilino
  • M is a cation such as sodium
  • the brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-mo ⁇ hilino-s-triazine-2-yl)amino]2,2'- stilbenedisulfonic acid, sodium salt.
  • This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal AMS-GX by Ciba Geigy Co ⁇ oration.
  • the specific optical brightener species selected for use in the present invention provide especially effective dye transfer inhibition performance benefits when used in combination with the selected polymeric dye transfer inhibiting agents hereinbefore described.
  • the exhaustion coefficient is in general as the ratio of a) the brightener material deposited on fabric to b) the initial brightener concentration in the wash liquor. Brighteners with relatively high exhaustion coefficients are the most suitable for inhibiting dye transfer in the context of the present invention.
  • Suds Suppressors - Compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can be inco ⁇ orated into the compositions of the present invention. Suds suppression can be of particular importance in the so-called "high concentration cleaning process" as described in U.S. 4,489,455 and 4,489,574 and in front-loading European-style washing machines.
  • suds suppressors A wide variety of materials may be used as suds suppressors, and suds suppressors are well known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Kirk Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Edition, Volume 7, pages 430-447 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979).
  • One category of suds suppressor of particular interest encompasses monocarboxylic fatty acid and soluble salts therein. See U.S. Patent 2,954,347, issued September 27, 1960 to Wayne St. John.
  • the monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof used as suds suppressor typically have hydrocarbyl chains of 10 to about 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable salts include the alkali metal salts such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, and ammonium and alkanolammonium salts.
  • compositions herein may also contain non-surfactant suds suppressors.
  • non-surfactant suds suppressors include, for example: high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic
  • C ⁇ g-C40 ketones e.g., stearone
  • Other suds inhibitors include N-alkylated amino triazines such as tri- to hexa-alkylmelamines or di- to tetra-alkyldiamine chlortriazines formed as products of cyanuric chloride with two or three moles of a primary or secondary amine containing 1 to 24 carbon atoms, propylene oxide, and monostearyl phosphates such as monostearyl alcohol phosphate ester and monostearyl di-alkali metal (e.g., K, Na, and Li) phosphates and phosphate esters.
  • the hydrocarbons such as paraffin and haloparaffin can be utilized in liquid form.
  • the liquid hydrocarbons will be liquid at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, and will have a pour point in the range of about -40°C and about 50°C, and a minimum boiling point not less than about 110°C (atmospheric pressure). It is also known to utilize waxy hydrocarbons, preferably having a melting point below about 100°C.
  • the hydrocarbons constitute a preferred category of suds suppressor for detergent compositions. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al.
  • the hydrocarbons thus, include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbons having from about 12 to about 70 carbon atoms.
  • the term "paraffin,” as used in this suds suppressor discussion, is intended to include mixtures of true paraffins and cyclic hydrocarbons.
  • Non-surfactant suds suppressors comprises silicone suds suppressors.
  • This category includes the use of polyorganosiloxane oils, such as polydimethylsiloxane, dispersions or emulsions of polyorganosiloxane oils or resins, and combinations of polyorganosiloxane with silica particles wherein the polyorganosiloxane is chemisorbed or fused onto the silica.
  • Silicone suds suppressors are well known in the art and are, for example, disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al and European Patent Application No. 89307851.9, published February 7, 1990, by Starch, M. S.
  • Other silicone suds suppressors are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,455,839 which relates to compositions and processes for defoaming aqueous solutions by inco ⁇ orating therein small amounts of polydimethylsiloxane fluids.
  • silicone and silanated silica are described, for instance, in German Patent Application DOS 2,124,526.
  • Silicone defoamers and suds controlling agents in granular detergent compositions are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,933,672, Bartolotta et al, and in U.S. Patent 4,652,392, Baginski et al, issued March 24, 1987.
  • An exemplary silicone based suds suppressor for use herein is a suds suppressing amount of a suds controlling agent consisting essentially of:
  • polydimethylsiloxane fluid having a viscosity of from about 20 cs. to about 1,500 cs. at 25°C; (ii) from about 5 to about 50 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of siloxane resin composed of (CH3)3SiO ⁇ / 2 units of SiO 2 units in a ratio of from
  • the solvent for a continuous phase is made up of certain polyethylene glycols or polyethylene-polypropylene glycol copolymers or mixtures thereof (preferred), or polypropylene glycol.
  • the primary silicone suds suppressor is branched/crosslinked and preferably not linear.
  • typical liquid laundry detergent compositions with controlled suds will optionally comprise from about 0.001 to about 1, preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.7, most preferably from about 0.05 to about 0.5, weight % of said silicone uds suppressor, which comprises (1) a nonaqueous emulsion of a primary antifoam agent which is a mixture of (a) a polyorganosiloxane, (b) a resinous siloxane or a silicone resin-producing silicone compound, (c) a finely divided filler material, and (d) a catalyst to promote the reaction of mixture components (a), (b) and (c), to form silanolates; (2) at least one nonionic silicone surfactant; and (3) polyethylene glycol or a copolymer of polyethylene-polypropylene glycol having a solubility in water at room temperature of more than about 2 weight %; and without polypropylene glycol.
  • a primary antifoam agent which is a mixture of (a) a polyorgano
  • the silicone suds suppressor herein preferably comprises polyethylene glycol and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, all having an average molecular weight of less than about 1,000, preferably between about 100 and 800.
  • the polyethylene glycol and polyethylene/polypropylene copolymers herein have a solubility in water at room temperature of more than about 2 weight %, preferably more than about 5 weight %.
  • the preferred solvent herein is polyethylene glycol having an average molecular weight of less than about 1,000, more preferably between about 100 and 800, most preferably between 200 and 400, and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, preferably PPG 200/PEG 300. Preferred is a weight ratio of between about 1 :1 and 1 :10, most preferably between 1:3 and 1 :6, of polyethylene glycol: copolymer of polyethylene-polypropylene glycol.
  • the preferred silicone suds suppressors used herein do not contain polypropylene glycol, particularly of 4,000 molecular weight. They also preferably do not contain block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, like PLURONIC L101.
  • suds suppressors useful herein comprise the secondary alcohols (e.g., 2- alkyl alkanols) and mixtures of such alcohols with silicone oils, such as the silicones disclosed in U.S. 4,798,679, 4,075,118 and EP 150,872.
  • the secondary alcohols include the Cg-Cjg alkyl alcohols having a Cj-Cjg chain.
  • a preferred alcohol is 2-butyl octanol, which is available from Condea under the trademark ISOFOL 12.
  • Mixtures of secondary alcohols are available under the trademark ISALCHEM 123 from Enichem.
  • Mixed suds suppressors typically comprise mixtures of alcohol + silicone at a weight ratio of 1:5 to 5:1.
  • suds should not form to the extent that they overflow the washing machine.
  • Suds suppressors when utilized, are preferably present in a "suds suppressing amount.
  • Suds suppressing amount is meant that the formulator of the composition can select an amount of this suds controlling agent that will sufficiently control the suds to result in a low-sudsing granular detergent for use in automatic laundry washing machines.
  • compositions herein may comprise from 0% to about 10%> of suds suppressor.
  • monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts therein will be present typically in amounts up to about 5%, by weight, of the detergent composition.
  • from about 0.5% to about 3% of fatty monocarboxylate suds suppressor is utilized.
  • Silicone suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts up to about 2.0%, by weight, of the detergent composition, although higher amounts may be used. This upper limit is practical in nature, due primarily to concern with keeping costs minimized and effectiveness of lower amounts for effectively controlling sudsing.
  • from about 0.01% to about 1% of silicone suds suppressor is used, more preferably from about 0.25% to about 0.5%).
  • these weight percentage values include any silica that may be utilized in combination with polyorganosiloxane, as well as any adjunct materials that may be utilized.
  • Monostearyl phosphate suds suppressors are generally utilized in amounts ranging from about 0.1% to about 2%, by weight, of the composition.
  • Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts ranging from about 0.01% to about 5.0%, although higher levels can be used.
  • the alcohol suds suppressors are typically used at 0.2%-3% by weight of the finished compositions.
  • Alkoxylated Polycarboxylates Alkoxylated Polycarboxylates such as those prepared from polyacrylates are useful herein to provide additional grease removal performance. Such materials are described in WO 91/08281 and PCT 90/01815 at p. 4 et seq., inco ⁇ orated herein by reference. Chemically, these materials comprise polyacrylates having one ethoxy side-chain per every 7-8 acrylate units. The side-chains are of the formula -(CH 2 CH 2 O) m (CH ) n CH3 wherein m is 2-3 and n is 6-12. The side- chains are ester-linked to the polyacrylate "backbone” to provide a "comb" polymer type structure. The molecular weight can vary, but is typically in the range of about 2000 to about 50,000. Such alkoxylated polycarboxylates can comprise from about 0.05% to about 10%, by weight, of the compositions herein.
  • Fabric Softeners Various through-the-wash fabric softeners, especially the impalpable smectite clays of U.S. Patent 4,062,647, Storm and Nirschl, issued December 13, 1977, as well as other softener clays known in the art, can optionally be used typically at levels of from about 0.5% to about 10% by weight in the present compositions to provide fabric softener benefits concurrently with fabric cleaning.
  • Clay softeners can be used in combination with amine and cationic softeners as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,375,416, Crisp et al, March 1 , 1983 and U.S. Patent 4,291,071, Harris et al, issued September 22, 1981.
  • compositions of the present invention may be of an physical form, depending upon the end use of the composition.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be in the form of liquid, liquid-gel, gel, thixatropic gel, powder, granule (such as, high bulk density granules, or the so-called "fluffy” granules), paste, tablet, bar and the like.
  • compositions of the present invention can be used in a variety of different applications. Such compositions would include, hard surface cleaners, bleaches, automatic dishwashing, LDL's, HDL's (both aqueous and non-aqueous), heavy duty laundry compositions, laundry-pretreaters, fabric softeners, shampoos, personal cleansers and the like.
  • the compositions of the present invention are especially suitable for use in automatic dishwashing, bleaches and HDL compositions.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be in the form of a personal cleansing compositions or shampoos.
  • compositions typically contain a shampoo composition adjunct ingredient which is preferably selected from anti-dandruf agents (preferably platelet pyridinethione salt crystals, sulfur, octopirox, selenium sulfide, ketoconazole and pyridinethione salts), co-surfactants (preferably selected from anionic surfactant, nonionic surfactant, cationic surfactant, amphoteric surfactant, zwitterionic surfactants, and mixtures thereof), silicone hair conditioning agent, polyalkylene glycols, suspending agent, water, water soluble cationic polymeric conditioning agents, hydrocarbon conditioning agents, foam boosters, preservatives, thickeners, cosurfactants, dyes, perfumes, solvents, styling polymers, anti-static agents, deposition polymers, styling polymers and solvent, dispersed phase polymers, non-volatile hydrocarbons conditioning agents, silicone conditioning agents, suspending agent, cationic spresading agents phase seperation initiators and pediculocides and mixtures thereof.
  • compositions of the present invention can also be in the form of LDL compositions.
  • LDL compositions include, inaddition to those detailed previously, additives typically used in LDL formulations, such as diamines, divalent ions, suds boosting polymers, soil release polymers, polymeric dispersants, polysaccharides, abrasives, bactericides, tarnish inhibitors, builders, enzymes, dyes, perfumes, thickeners, antioxidants, processing aids, suds boosters, buffers, antifungal or mildew control agents, insect repellants, anti-corrosive aids, and chelants.
  • additives typically used in LDL formulations such as diamines, divalent ions, suds boosting polymers, soil release polymers, polymeric dispersants, polysaccharides, abrasives, bactericides, tarnish inhibitors, builders, enzymes, dyes, perfumes, thickeners, antioxidants, processing aids, suds boosters, buffers, antifungal or
  • compositions of the present invention may be in the form of a non- aqueous, liquid, heavy-duty detergent compositions in the form of a stable suspension of solid, substantially insoluble particulate material dispersed throughout a structured, surfactant- containing liquid phase.
  • Suitable types of non-aqueous surfactant liquids which can be used to form the liquid phase of the compositions herein include the alkoxylated alcohols, ethylene oxide (EO)-propylene oxide (PO) block polymers, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkylpolysaccharides, and the like.
  • the liquid phase of the HDL compositions herein may also comprise one or more non-surfactant, non-aqueous organic solvents.
  • Suitable types of low-polarity solvents useful in the non-aqueous liquid detergent compositions herein do include non-vicinal C4-Cg alkylene glycols, alkylene glycol mono lower alkyl ethers, lower molecular weight polyethylene glycols, lower molecular weight methyl esters and amides, and the like.
  • the non-aqueous liquid phase of the HDL compositions of this invention is prepared by combining with the non-aqueous organic liquid diluents hereinbefore described a surfactant which is generally, but not necessarily, selected to add structure to the non-aqueous liquid phase of the detergent compositions herein.
  • Structuring surfactants can be of the anionic, nonionic, cationic, and/or amphoteric types.
  • the most preferred type of anionic surfactant for use as a structurant in the HDL compositions herein comprises the linear alkyl benzene sulfonate (LAS) surfactants.
  • the non-aqueous HDL compositions herein preferably comprise a solid phase particulate material which is dispersed and suspended within the liquid phase. Generally such particulate material will range in size from about 0.1 to 1500 microns, more preferably from about 0.1 to 900 microns. Most preferably, such material will range in size from about 5 to 200 microns.
  • the surfactants of the present invention may be included in a fabric softening composition.
  • Suitable materials for inco ⁇ oration into the fabric softening compositions in addition to the surfactants of the present invention can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 5,830,845, granted on November 3, 1998; 5,929,025, granted on July 27, 1999; 5,877,745, granted on March 2, 1999; 5,977,055, granted on November 2, 1999; 5,854,200, granted on December 29, 1998; and 5,686,376, Rusche et al., granted on November 2, 1999.
  • the particulate material utilized herein can comprise one or more types of detergent composition components which in particulate form are substantially insoluble in the non- aqueous liquid phase of the composition.
  • the types of particulate materials which can be utilized are described are peroxygen bleaching agent, organic builder, inorganic alkalinity source (preferably include water-soluble alkali metal carbonates, bicarbonates, borates, pyrophosphates, orthophosphates, polyphosphates phosphonates, silicates and metasilicates), colored speckles and mixtures therof.
  • the present invention also comprises aqueous based liquid detergent compositions.
  • the aqueous liquid detergent compositions of the present invention comprise a surfactant system which preferably contains one or more detersive co-surfactants in addition to the branched surfactants disclosed above.
  • the additional co- surfactants can be selected from nonionic detersive surfactant, anionic detersive surfactant, zwitterionic detersive surfactant, amine oxide detersive surfactant, and mixtures thereof.
  • the surfactant system typically comprises from about 5% to about 70%, preferably from about 15% to about 30%, by weight of the detergent composition. These surfactants are hereinbefore described.
  • the aqueous and non-aqueous based detergent compositions can, and preferably will, contain various other optional components.
  • Such optional components may be in either liquid or solid form.
  • the optional components may either dissolve in the liquid phase or may be dispersed within the liquid phase in the form of fine particles or droplets.
  • Suitable optional material includes for example chelating agents, enzymes, builders, bleach catalysts, bleach activators, thickeners, viscosity control agents and/or dispersing agents suds boosters, liquid bleach activator, dye transfer inhibitors, solvents, suds suppressors, structure elasticizing agent, anti redeposition agents, to exemplify but a few possible optional ingredients.
  • compositions herein Some of the materials which may optionally be utilized in the compositions herein are described in greater detail. Further details on suitable adjunct ingredients to HDL compositions, methods of preparing same and use in the compositions can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/062,087 (Docket No. 6876P), and 60/061,924 (Docket No. 6877P).
  • the detergent compositions will further preferably comprise one or more detersive adjuncts selected from the following: electrolytes (such as sodium chloride), polysaccharides, abrasives, bactericides, tarnish inhibitors, dyes, antifungal or mildew control agents, insect repellents, perfumes, hydrotropes, thickeners, processing aids, suds boosters, anti-corrosive aids, stabilizers and antioxidants.
  • electrolytes such as sodium chloride
  • polysaccharides such as sodium chloride
  • abrasives such as sodium chloride
  • bactericides bactericides
  • tarnish inhibitors dyes
  • antifungal or mildew control agents insect repellents
  • perfumes such as sodium chloride
  • hydrotropes such as sodium chloride
  • thickeners such as sodium chloride
  • processing aids such as sodium chloride
  • suds boosters such as sodium chloride
  • anti-corrosive aids such as sodium chloride
  • antioxidants such as sodium chloride
  • suds boosters such as the Cjo-Ci g alkanolamides can be inco ⁇ orated into the compositions, typically at 1%-10% levels.
  • the C10-C14 monoethanol and diethanol amides illustrate a typical class of such suds boosters.
  • Use of such suds boosters with high sudsing adjunct surfactants such as the amine oxides, betaines and sultaines noted above is also advantageous.
  • An antioxidant can be optionally added to the detergent compositions of the present invention. They can be any conventional antioxidant used in detergent compositions, such as 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-mefhylphenol (BHT), carbamate, ascorbate, thiosulfate, monoethanolamine(MEA), diethanolamine, triethanolamine, etc. It is preferred that the antioxidant, when present, be present in the composition from about 0.001% to about 5% by weight.
  • BHT 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-mefhylphenol
  • MEA monoethanolamine
  • diethanolamine diethanolamine
  • triethanolamine triethanolamine
  • detersive ingredients employed in the present compositions optionally can be further stabilized by absorbing said ingredients onto a porous hydrophobic substrate, then coating said substrate with a hydrophobic coating.
  • the detersive ingredient is admixed with a surfactant before being absorbed into the porous substrate.
  • the detersive ingredient is released from the substrate into the aqueous washing liquor, where it performs its intended detersive function.
  • a porous hydrophobic silica (trademark
  • SIPERNAT D10 DeGussa
  • a proteolytic enzyme solution containing 3%-5% of C13.15 ethoxylated alcohol (EO 7) nonionic surfactant.
  • the enzyme/surfactant solution is 2.5 X the weight of silica.
  • the resulting powder is dispersed with stirring in silicone oil (various silicone oil viscosities in the range of 500- 12,500 can be used).
  • silicone oil various silicone oil viscosities in the range of 500- 12,500 can be used.
  • the resulting silicone oil dispersion is emulsified or otherwise added to the final detergent matrix.
  • ingredients such as the aforementioned enzymes, bleaches, bleach activators, bleach catalysts, photoactivators, dyes, fluorescers, fabric conditioners and hydrolyzable surfactants can be "protected” for use in detergents, including liquid laundry detergent compositions.
  • compositions may optionally comprises a hydrotrope.
  • Suitable hydrotropes include sodium, potassium, ammonium or water-soluble substituted ammonium salts of toluene sulfonic acid, naphthalene sulfonic acid, cumene sulfonic acid, xylene sulfonic acid.
  • LDL compositions which comprise a non-aqueous carrier medium can be prepared according to the disclosures of U.S. Patents 4,753,570; 4,767,558; 4,772,413; 4,889,652; 4,892,673; GB-A-2.158,838; GB-A-2,195,125; GB-A- 2,195,649; U.S. 4,988,462; U.S. 5,266,233; EP-A-225,654 (6/16/87); EP-A-510,762 (10/28/92); EP-A-540,089 (5/5/93); EP-A-540,090 (5/5/93); U.S.
  • compositions can contain various particulate detersive ingredients stably suspended therein.
  • non-aqueous compositions thus comprise a LIQUID PHASE and, optionally but preferably, a SOLID PHASE, all as described in more detail hereinafter and in the cited references.
  • the LDL compositions of this invention can be used to form aqueous washing solutions for use hand dishwashing. Generally, an effective amount of such LDL compositions is added to water to form such aqueous cleaning or soaking solutions. The aqueous solution so formed is then contacted with the dishware, tableware, and cooking utensils.
  • An effective amount of the LDL compositions herein added to water to form aqueous cleaning solutions can comprise amounts sufficient to form from about 500 to 20,000 ppm of composition in aqueous solution. More preferably, from about 800 to 5,000 ppm of the detergent compositions herein will be provided in aqueous cleaning liquor.
  • the mean particle size of the components of granular compositions in accordance with the invention should preferably be such that no more that 5% of particles are greater than 1.7mm in diameter and not more than 5% of particles are less than 0.15mm in diameter.
  • mean particle size as defined herein is calculated by sieving a sample of the composition into a number of fractions (typically 5 fractions) on a series of Tyler sieves. The weight fractions thereby obtained are plotted against the aperture size of the sieves. The mean particle size is taken to be the aperture size through which 50% by weight of the sample would pass.
  • the granular laundry compositions in accordance with the present invention typically has a bulk density of from 100 g/litre to 1400 g/litre, more preferably from 300 g/litre to 1200 g/litre, from 650 g/litre to 1000 g/litre.
  • high density i.e., greater than about 550, preferably greater than about 650, grams/liter or "g/l”
  • high solubility, free-flowing, granular detergent compositions according to the present invention.
  • Current commercial practice in the field employs spray-drying towers to manufacture granular laundry detergents which often have a density less than about 500 g/l.
  • an aqueous slurry of various heat-stable ingredients in the final detergent composition are formed into homogeneous granules by passage through a spray-drying tower, using conventional techniques, at temperatures of about 175°C to about 225°C.
  • additional or alternative process steps as described hereinafter must be used to obtain the level of density (i.e., > 650 g/l) required by modern compact, low dosage detergent products.
  • spray-dried granules from a tower can be densified further by loading a liquid such as water or a nonionic surfactant into the pores of the granules and/or subjecting them to one or more high speed mixer/densifiers.
  • a suitable high speed mixer/densifier for this process is a device marketed under the tradename "Lodige CB 30" or “Lodige CB 30 Recycler” which comprises a static cylindrical mixing drum having a central rotating shaft with mixing/cutting blades mounted thereon.
  • the ingredients for the detergent composition are introduced into the drum and the shaft/blade assembly is rotated at speeds in the range of 100-2500 ⁇ m to provide thorough mixing/densification.
  • Another process step which can be used to densify further spray-dried granules involves treating the spray-dried granules in a moderate speed mixer/densifier.
  • Equipment such as that marketed under the tradename "Lodige KM” (Series 300 or 600) or “Lodige Ploughshare” mixer/densifiers are suitable for this process step.
  • Such equipment is typically operated at 40-160 ⁇ m.
  • the residence time of the detergent ingredients in the moderate speed mixer/densifier is from about 0.1 to 12 minutes conveniently measured by dividing the steady state mixer/densifier weight by the throughput (e.g., Kg/hr).
  • Other useful equipment includes the device which is available under the tradename "Drais K-T 160".
  • This process step which employs a moderate speed mixer/densifier can be used by itself or sequentially with the aforementioned high speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige CB) to achieve the desired density.
  • a moderate speed mixer/densifier e.g. Lodige KM
  • the aforementioned high speed mixer/densifier e.g. Lodige CB
  • Other types of granules manufacturing apparatus useful herein include the apparatus disclosed in U.S. Patent 2,306,898, to G. L. Heller, December 29, 1942.
  • the reverse sequential mixer/densifier configuration also can be used.
  • One or a combination of various parameters including residence times in the mixer/densifiers, operating temperatures of the equipment, temperature and/or composition of the granules, the use of adjunct ingredients such as liquid binders and flow aids, can be used to optimize densification of the spray-dried granules in the process of the invention.
  • processes which do not include spray drying towers are preferred.
  • the formulator can eliminate the spray- drying step by feeding, in either a continuous or batch mode, starting detergent ingredients directly into mixing equipment that is commercially available.
  • One particularly preferred embodiment involves charging a surfactant paste and an anhydrous material into a high speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige CB) followed by a moderate speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige KM) to form high density detergent agglomerates.
  • a high speed mixer/densifier e.g. Lodige CB
  • a moderate speed mixer/densifier e.g. Lodige KM
  • the liquid/solids ratio of the starting detergent ingredients in such a process can be selected to obtain high density agglomerates that are more free flowing and crisp. See Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,565,137, issued October 15, 1996.
  • the process may include one or more recycle streams of undersized particles produced by the process which are fed back to the mixer/densifiers for further agglomeration or build-up.
  • the oversized particles produced by this process can be sent to grinding apparatus and then fed back to the mixing/densifying equipment.
  • These additional recycle process steps facilitate build-up agglomeration of the starting detergent ingredients resulting in a finished composition having a uniform distribution of the desired particle size (400-700 microns) and density (> 550 g/l). See Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,516,448, issued May 14, 1996 and Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,489,392, issued February 6, 1996.
  • a high density detergent composition using a fluidized bed mixer.
  • the various ingredients of the finished composition are combined in an aqueous slurry (typically 80% solids content) and sprayed into a fluidized bed to provide the finished detergent granules.
  • this process can optionally include the step of mixing the slurry using the aforementioned Lodige CB mixer/densifier or a "Flexomix 160" mixer/densifier, available from Shugi. Fluidized bed or moving beds of the type available under the tradename "Escher Wyss" can be used in such processes.
  • Another suitable process which can be used herein involves feeding a liquid acid precursor of an anionic surfactant, an alkaline inorganic material (e.g. sodium carbonate) and optionally other detergent ingredients into a high speed mixer/densifier so as to form particles containing a partially or totally neutralized anionic surfactant salt and the other starting detergent ingredients.
  • a high speed mixer/densifier e.g. Lodige KM
  • a moderate speed mixer/densifier e.g. Lodige KM
  • high density detergent compositions according to the invention can be produced by blending conventional or densified spray-dried detergent granules with detergent agglomerates in various proportions (e.g. a 60:40 weight ratio of granules to agglomerates) produced by one or a combination of the processes discussed herein. See U.S. Patent 5,569,645, issued October 29, 1996 to Dinniwell et al. Additional adjunct ingredients such as enzymes, perfumes, brighteners and the like can be sprayed or admixed with the agglomerates, granules or mixtures thereof produced by the processes discussed herein.
  • Laundry washing method Machine laundry methods herein typically comprise treating soiled laundry with an aqueous wash solution in a washing machine having dissolved or dispensed therein an effective amount of a machine laundry detergent composition in accord with the invention.
  • an effective amount of the detergent composition it is here meant from 40g to 300g of product dissolved or dispersed in a wash solution of volume from 5 to 65 litres, as are typical product dosages and wash solution volumes commonly employed in conventional machine laundry methods.
  • surfactants are used herein in detergent compositions, preferably in combination with other detersive surfactants, at levels which are effective for achieving at least a directional improvement in cleaning performance.
  • usage levels can vary widely, depending not only on the type and severity of the soils and stains, but also on the wash water temperature, the volume of wash water and the type of washing machine. Packaging for the compositions
  • compositions can be packaged in any suitable container including those constructed from paper, cardboard, plastic materials and any suitable laminates.
  • a preferred packaging execution is described in European Application No. 94921505.7.
  • compositions herein may be packaged in a variety of suitable detergent packaging known to those skilled in the art.
  • suitable detergent packaging known to those skilled in the art.
  • the liquid compositions are preferably packaged in conventional detergent plastic bottles.
  • Neodol 1-7 (20.00 g, 41.6 mmol) is placed into a 500 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After releasing the vacuum with argon, sodium metal (0.05 g, 2.1 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred for 1 h at 120°C. After increasing the reaction temperature to 140°C, 1,2-epoxybutane (6.00 g, 83.2 mmol) is added dropwise over 30 minutes. After the addition is complete the mixture is stirred for an additional 1 h at 140°C. The solution is cooled to 90°C and neutralized with concentrated HCI.
  • Example 2(a) to (i) are illustrative of some of the possible catalysts, work up options and relative amounts the starting materials that can be used in the present invention.
  • Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (100 ml) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (5.43 g, 43.01 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (0.43 g, 1.6 mmol) is introduced into the flask.
  • Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (0.43 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is filtered to yield a liquid.
  • Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (0.43 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is separated from the catalyst by centrifugation to yield a liquid.
  • Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (0.43 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is washed with 20% potassium carbonate solution, dried and filtered to yield a liquid.
  • Alcohol ethoxylate C 8 ⁇ oH ⁇ /2 iEO 8 (20.00 g, 40.2 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium chloride) (2.0 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (5.07 g, 40.2 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is filtered to yield a liquid.
  • Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (7.82 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, acetone (150 mL) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) are added. The mixture is stirred for three days, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporation to yield a liquid.
  • Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (100 ml) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.84 g, 38.4 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) is introduced into the flask.
  • Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (5.04 g, 39.9 mmol) is added. />-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.1 12 g, 0.59 mmol) is added to the mixture and stirred to dissolve. An exotherm is observed starting from 22°C and ending at 30°C, with the development of a precipitate.
  • Neodol 91-8 (900.0 g, 1.76 mol) is placed into a 3 L three-necked rounded bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantel, mechanical stirrer, internal thermometer, and vacuum/argon take-off adapter. The contents are dried under vacuum at 80 °C for 30 min. A portion of the dry Neodol 91-8 (20 g) is set aside after the contents are cooled to room temperature. Cyclohexylvinyl ether (217.82 g, 1.73 mol) is then added to the reaction mixture.
  • the reagents are cooled to about 10 °C at which point methanesulfonic acid (1.80 mL) and the 20 g portion of Neodol set aside are combined and added to the reaction mixture via syringe, subsurface, in one portion.
  • the reaction mixture exotherms, ice bath controlled, to 22 °C.
  • the mixture is quenched with 15% sodium carbonate solution (35 mL).
  • the mixture is placed under vacuum by stripping in a Kugelrohr oven (25 °C, 0.1 mm Hg) for 10 min.
  • the product is filtered to yield a quantitative amount of a near colorless liquid.
  • Example 4 The procedure of Example 2(i) is repeated with the substitution of Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7.
  • Example 4 The procedure of Example 2(i) is repeated with the substitution of Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7.
  • Example 5 The procedure of Example 3 is repeated with the substitution of benzyl vinyl ether for cyclohexyl vinyl ether.
  • Neodol 1-7 (20.00 g, 41.6 mmol) is placed into a 1000 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (200 ml), tert-pentyl vinyl ether (14.24 g, 124.7 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium />-toluenesulfonate (0.42 g, 1.7 mmol) is added. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient.
  • Example 1 The procedure of Example 1 is repeated with the substitution of propylene oxide for 1,2 epoxybutane, tert-amyl vinyl ether for 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, and Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7.
  • Example 9 The procedure of Example 1 is repeated with the substitution of propylene oxide for 1,2- epoxybutane, cyclohexyl vinyl ether for 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, and Tergitol 15-S-9 for Neodol 1-7.
  • Example 9 The procedure of Example 1 is repeated with the substitution of propylene oxide for 1,2- epoxybutane, cyclohexyl vinyl ether for 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, and Tergitol 15-S-9 for Neodol 1-7.
  • Example 11 The procedure of Example 2(b) is repeated with the substitution of octadecyl vinyl ether for cyclohexyl vinyl ether and Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7.
  • Example 11 The procedure of Example 2(b) is repeated with the substitution of octadecyl vinyl ether for cyclohexyl vinyl ether and Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7.
  • Neodol 1-7 (50.00 g, 104.0 mmol) is placed into a 1000 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (500 ml) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (6.55g, 51.9 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (1.04 g, 4.2 mmol) is introduced into the flask.
  • the mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient.
  • the product mixture is then washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer dried with magnesium sulfate, concentrated by rotary evaporation and further stripped under vacuum at 60°C (0.1 mmHg) to yield a red/brown liquid.
  • Neodol 25-12 (76.61 g, 104.0 mmol) is placed into a 1000 ml three-necked round- bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (500 ml) and ethyl vinyl ether (7.50, 104.0 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (1.04 g, 4.2 mmol) is introduced into the flask. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient.
  • Tergitol 15-S-15 (100.0 g, 193.8 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round- bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantel, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer, and vacuum/argon take-off adapter. The contents are dried under vacuum at 80 °C for 10 min. A portion of the dry Tergitol 15-S-15 (2 g) is set aside after the contents are cooled to room temperature. Cyclohexyl vinyl ether (24.21 g, 191.9 mmol) is then added to the reaction mixture.
  • the reagents are cooled to about 15 °C at which point methanesulfonic acid (0.28 g, 2.9 mmol) and the 2 g portion of Tergitol 15-S-15 set aside are combined and added to the reaction mixture via syringe, subsurface and in one portion.
  • the reaction mixture exotherms to 40 °C.
  • the reaction pH is adjusted to >7 with 15% sodium carbonate.
  • the mixture is placed under vacuum by stripping in a Kugelrohr oven (50 °C, 0.1 mm Hg) for 10 min.
  • the product is filtered to yield a quantitative amount of a near colorless liquid.
  • MBAS x Mid-chain branched primary alkyl (average total carbons x) sulfate
  • TF AA C 16- 18 alkyl N-methyl glucamide
  • Citric acid Anhydrous citric acid Carbonate Anhydrous sodium carbonate with a particle size between 200 ⁇ m and 900 ⁇ m
  • NOBS Nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate in the form of the sodium salt.
  • TPK Fatty Acid
  • Nai 2(A102Si ⁇ 2)i2- 27H2O having a primary particle size in the range from 0.1 to 10 micrometers
  • Non-limiting examples of bleach-containing nonaqueous liquid laundry detergent are prepared as follows. Preparation of LAS Powder for Use as a Structurant
  • Sodium C12 linear alkyl benzene sulfonate (NaLAS) is processed into a powder containing two phases. One of these phases is soluble in the non-aqueous liquid detergent compositions herein and the other phase is insoluble. It is the insoluble fraction which serves to add structure and particle suspending capability to the non-aqueous phase of the compositions herein.
  • NaLAS powder is produced by taking a slurry of NaLAS in water (approximately 40-50% active) combined with dissolved sodium sulfate (3-15%) and hydrotrope, sodium sulfosuccinate (1-3%). The hydrotrope and sulfate are used to improve the characteristics of the dry powder.
  • a drum dryer is used to dry the slurry into a flake. When the NaLAS is dried with the sodium sulfate, two distinct phases are created within the flake. The insoluble phase creates a network structure of aggregate small particles (0.4-2 um) which allows the finished non-aqueous detergent product to stably suspend solids.
  • the NaLAS powder prepared according to this example has the following makeup shown in Table I. TABLE I
  • Non-aqueous based heavy duty liquid laundry detergent compositions which comprise the capped nonionic surfactants of the present invention are presented below.
  • compositions are stable, anhydrous heavy-duty liquid laundry detergents, which provide excellent rates of mixing with water as well as good stain and soil removal performance when used in normal fabric laundering operations.
  • Example 15 Ingredient % (wt.) Range (% wt.) Nonionic from either examples 11 5.0 1 - 20 or 12 MBAE2S15 2.0 0.5-10
  • Nonionic from example 6 0 3 0 0 0 0
  • Dimethicone is a 40(gum)/60(fluid) weight ratio blend of SE-76 dimethicone gum available from General Electric Silicones Division and a dimethicone fluid having a viscosity of 350 centistokes.
  • laundry detergent compositions are prepared in accord with the invention:
  • laundry detergent compositions are prepared in accord with the invention:
  • laundry detergent compositions are prepared in accord with the invention:
  • compositions were made by mixing the listed ingredients in the listed proportions. These compositions were used neat to clean marble and dilute to clean lacquered wooden floors. Excellent cleaning and surface safety performance was observed.
  • Nonionic from example 7 3.0 - 1.0 - 3.2 - - -
  • Nonionic Surfactant 1 3.0 3.0
  • Amylase (0.8% active) 0.5 0.5
  • Nonionic surfactant according to Example 1.
  • Te ⁇ olymer selected from either 60% acrylic acid/20% maleic acie/20% ethyl acrylate, or 70% acrylic acid/10% maleic acid/20% ethyl acrylate. 3
  • the AvO level of the above formula is 2.2%. 4
  • Pentaamineacetatocobalt(III) nitrate prepared as described hereinbefore; may be replaced by MnTacN.
  • compositions which contain a bleach/enzyme particle, but are not intended to be limiting thereof. These compositions are suitable for use in the methods of the present invenetion. All percentages noted are by weight of the finished compositions, other than the perborate (monohydrate) component, which is listed as AvO.
  • Pentaamineacetatocobalt(HI) nitrate may be replaced by MnTacN.
  • compositions of Examples 46 and 47 respectively, the catalyst and enzymes are introduced into the compositions as 200-2400 micron composite particles, which are prepared by, spray coating, fluidized bed granulation, marumarizing, prilling, or flaking/grinding operations.
  • the protease and amylase enzymes may be separately formed into their respective catalyst/enzyme composite particles, for reasons of stability, and these separate compositions added to the compositions.
  • the following examples further illustrate ADD granular compositions with chlorine bleach suitable for use in the methods of this present invention.
  • Nonionic Surfactant 1 3.5 3.5
  • Nonionic Surfactant 3 8.0 8.0
  • Nonionic surfactant according to Example 5 The following examples further illustrate ADD tablet compositions suitable for use in the methods of this present invention.
  • Nonionic Surfactant 3 3.0 3.0
  • Pentaamineacetatocobalt(III) nitrate may be replaced by MnTacN

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Agronomy & Crop Science (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Dentistry (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Environmental Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery (AREA)
  • Pest Control & Pesticides (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Detergent Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants having superior grease cleaning abilities and improved spotting/filming benefits are provided.

Description

COMPOSITIONS INCLUDING ETHER-CAPPED POLY(OXYALKYLATED)
ALCOHOL SURFACTANTS
TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to detergent compositions having low-foaming nonionic surfactants and more particularly to compositions for cleaning dishes or hard surfaces having ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants which have superior spotting and filming benefits in dishwashing and hard surface cleaning applications.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Due to the varied nature of different cleaning compositions, different surfactants are better suited for some applications while being less suited or totally unsuitable for other applications. Nonionic surfactants, such as alcohol ethoxylates, alkyl polyglycosides, and alkyl glucose amides are of considerable importance in detergent products. For example, under some conditions, nonionic surfactants aid cleaning of greasy soils and inhibit the formation of calcium soap. However, conventional nonionic surfactants designed for effective cleaning in laundry products form liquid crystalline phases on mixing with water. These phases can hinder the rate of mixing with water and lead to undesirable optical properties of thin films on solution drying. For example, conventional nonionics sprayed on the surface of granules to achieve target density can give rise to poor granule dissolution and residue in horizontal axis machine dispensers. Conventional nonionics formulated at high levels in liquid products can lead to poor rates of mixing with water and consumer concern. Conventional nonionics in window and floor cleaners can form visible liquid crystalline films on drying that increase the effort required by the consumer to achieve good results. Similarly, a nonionic surfactant for use in an automatic dishwashing machine would need to minimize foam production and not leave undesirable spots and films on the cleaned surfaces.
On account of the foregoing technical constraints as well as consumer needs and demands, product compositions are undergoing continual change and improvement. Moreover environmental factors such as the need for biodegradable materials, the restriction of phosphate, the desirability of providing ever-better cleaning results with less product, providing less thermal energy demand, and less water to assist the washing process, have all driven the need for improved compositions.
Accordingly, the need remains for new surfactants which are suitable for use in a variety of compositions which can provide improve dissolution of solid products (like bars and tablets) and granular products, improved rates of mixing with water as with liquid products, improved streaking and filming performance as in hard surface cleaners and automatic dishwashing, good cleaning, suds control and good biodegradability while avoiding incompatibility with other cleaning surfactants and/or bleach.
BACKGROUND ART U.S. Patent 4,272,394, WO 94/22800, WO 93/04153, WO96/00253 and WO
98/17379.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION This need is met by the present invention wherein detergent compositions, and in particular, bleach, dish or hard surface cleaning compositions having a low-foaming nonionic surfactant are provided. The compositions employ the novel surfactants of the present invention, either alone or in combination with other surfactants, to provide improved spotting and filming performance as well as improved cleaning performance on greasy soils and suds or foam suppression in certain applications. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed the alcohol surfactants of the present invention deliver superior spotting and filming benefits via improved sheeting action. As for improved cleaning performance on greasy soils, such benefits are shown when the surfactants of the present invention are optionally employed in conjunction with a high cloud point nonionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant or a hydrophobic anionic surfactant, as disclosed in detail herein. Lastly, certain alcohol surfactants of the present invention may also act to reduce the suds or foaming associated with food soils or various other cleaning agents.
In accordance with a first aspect of the present invention, a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is provided. The composition comprises: (a) from about 0.01 % to about 50%, preferably from about 0.1 % to about 20%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 10% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R1O)xCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and
(ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; provided that when R2 is (ii) then either at least one of R1 is other than C2 to C3 alkylene or R2 has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms; and
(b) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient.
In accordance with a second aspect of the present invention, a automatic dishwashing rinse aid composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is provided. The rinse aid composition comprises:
(a) from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula: RO(R'θ)χCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; provided that when R2 is (ii) then either at least one of R! is other than C2 to C3 alkylene or R2 has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms;
(b) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient; and (c) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an aqueous liquid carrier.
In accordance with a third aspect of the present invention, a bleaching composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is provided. The bleaching composition comprises: (a) from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; provided that when R2 is (ii) then either at least one of R1 is other than C2 to C alkylene or R2 has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms; (b) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient; and
(c) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of a bleaching system. In accordance with a fourth aspect of the present invention, a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is provided. The composition comprises:
(a) from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R1O)xCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms;
(b) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an amine oxide co-surfactant; and (c) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient In accordance with a fifth aspect of the present invention, a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is provided. The composition comprises: (a) from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R1O)xCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms;
(b) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of hydrophobic co- surfactant, wherein said hydrophobic co-surfactant has either a HLB value of less than or equal to 12, preferably less than or equal to 8 or a Kraft temperature of greater than about 20°C, more preferably greater than about 30°C; and (c) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient. In accordance with a sixth aspect of the present invention, a detergent composition comprising an ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is provided. The composition comprises:
(a) from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R1O)xCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to about 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms; (b) from about 0.1% to about 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient; wherein said composition comprises less than 1% of dialkoxylated acetal of the formula: RO(R1O)xCH(CH3)(OR')χOR wherein each x is a number independently selected from 1 to about 30; and R, and R1, are defined as above.
These and other aspects, features and advantages will become apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art from a reading of the following detailed description and the appended claims. All percentages, ratios and proportions herein are by weight, unless otherwise specified. All temperatures are in degrees Celsius ( C) unless otherwise specified. All documents cited are in relevant part, incorporated herein by reference. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Once again, the first aspect of the present invention is directed toward a low- foaming nonionic surfactant for use in detergent compositions. The surfactant of the present invention is of the formula:
RO(R'O)xCH(CH3)OR2 In one aspect of the present invention R is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, even more preferably R is a linear or branched, saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 4 to about 18 carbon atoms.
In one aspect of the present invention R, R1 and R2 are selected such that the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant contains one or more chiral carbon atoms. In one aspect of the present invention the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant is a mixture of ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants. This mixture can be obtained in a variety of ways. For example, by mixing two ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants together, by forming the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant from a mixture of alcohols, the reaction used to produce the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant forms a racemic mixture or by alkoxylating under conditions such that the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant produced is a mixture with a range of different alkoxy groups present on each surfactant. These example are intended to be illustrative, and in no way limiting in the scope of the invention.
In one aspect of the present invention, R is a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
R4 R5 R6
I I I CH3(CH2)qCH(CH2)rCH(CH2)sCH(CH2)tCH2- wherein R^, R5; and R" are each independently selected from hydrogen, and C1-C3 alkyl, more preferably hydrogen, C1-C2 alkyl, even more preferably hydrogen, and methyl, provided that R^, R5, and R^ are not all hydrogen and, when t is 0, at least R^ or
R5 is not hydrogen; q, r, s, t are each independently integers from 0 to 13. In one more preferred form of this aspect R is selected from the formulas:
CH3 CH3(CH2)nCH(CH2)mCH2-
CH3 CH3
I I
CH3(CH2)jCH(CH2)kCHCH2— wherein n, m, j and k are each independently integers from 0 to 13.
In one aspect of the present invention R2 is a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
— C(CH3)2R3
R3 is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 1 to 15, carbon atoms. In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention, R is CH2CH3. In the novel compounds of the present invention, when R is (ii) then either at least one of R1 is other than C2 to C3 alkylene or R2 has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms. That is, when R2 is (ii) it is either a either linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 6 to about 30 carbon atoms or linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms, with at least one of R1 is other than C2 to C3 alkylene. For example, when R is a hydrocarbon of the formula:
— (CH2)y-X where, y and X are described hereafter, or R2 is a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
— C(CH3)2R3 where, R is hereinbefore described, then at least one of R is other than C2 to C3 alkylene. For example, if x is 5, and R2 was (CH2)y-X, then the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol could have the formula:
RO(CH2CH(CH2CH3)O)5CH(CH3)O— (CH2)y - X or
RO(CH2CH2O)4(CH2CH(CH2CH3)O)CH(CH3)O— (CH2)y - X or RO(CH2CHCH3O)(CH2CH(CH2CH3)O)4CH(CH3)O— (CH2)y- X
Similarly, for example if R2 was -C(CH3)2R3 and x was 7, then the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol could have the formula:
RO(CH2CH2O)6(CH2CH2(CH2CH3)O)CH(CH3)O — C(CH3)2R3 or RO(CH2CHCH3O)4(CH2CH(CH2CH3)O)3CH(CH3)O— C(CH3)2R3 or RO(CH2CH20)3(CH2CHCH30)2(CH2CH(CH2CH3)0)(CH2CH(CH2CH2CH3)0)CH(CH3)0— C(CH3)
These above examples are included merely for illustrative purposes and are not to be construed in any manner as limiting of the scope of the present invention.
In one aspect of the present invention R2 is a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms. In one embodiment of this aspect of the invention the hetero atoms are selected from the group comprising oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment of this aspect of the invention R is a 5 or 6 member heterocycle. In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention R » 2 i •s selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon or alkoxy radical having from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, or R7 is a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, alicyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical having, from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, which is fused to the heterocyclic ring; each A is independently selected from the group consisting of O, and N(R )a, wherein R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, and a is either 0 or 1 ; z is an integer from 1 to 3.
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein R7 is defined as above.
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000013_0001
7 R wherein R and R are defined as above.
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000013_0002
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000013_0003
In one aspect of the present invention R is a 7 to 13 membered substituted, or unsubstituted polycyclic ring. In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention R2 is selected from the group consisting of substituted, or unsubstituted adamantane, substituted, or unsubstituted norbornane, substituted, or unsubstituted nortricyclene, and substituted, or unsubstituted bicyclo[2.2.2]octane. In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention R2 is a substituted, or unsubstituted adamantane.
In one aspect of the present invention R is a hydrocarbon of the formula:
— (CH2)y-X wherein, y is an integer from 0 to 7, X, is a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated cyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical. In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention y is an integer from 1 to 2, and X is selected from the group consisting of to 5 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention y is 0 and X, is a 5 or 6 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated cyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon or alkoxy radical having from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, or R9 is a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, alicyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical having, from about 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, which is fused to the ring; w is an integer from 1 to 3.
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein R9 is defined as above.
In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000015_0002
In one aspect of the present invention R2 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 1 to about 30 carbon atoms, more preferably R2 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, even more preferably R2 is a linear or branched, saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals having from about 4 to about 18 carbon atoms.
In one aspect of the present invention, when x is greater than 2, R1 may be the same or different. That is, R1 may vary between any of the alkyleneoxy units as described above. For instance, if x is 3, R1 may be selected to form ethlyeneoxy(EO) or propyleneoxy(PO) and may vary in order of (EO)(PO)(EO), (EO)(EO)(PO);
(EO)(EO)(EO); (PO)(EO)(PO); (PO)(PO)(EO) and (PO)(PO)(PO). Of course, the integer three is chosen for example only and the variation may be much larger with a higher integer value for x and include, for example, multiple (EO) units and a much small number of (PO) units. Similarly, ethylene, and propylene are chosen for example only and the variation may be much larger with selection of linear or branched butylene, pentylene, hexylene and/or heptylene.
The surfactants of the present invention can be prepared via a variety of different process. In one aspect of the present invention, the surfactants may be prepared by reacting a vinyl ether of the formula:
R2OCH=CH2 wherein R is as defined above; with an alkoxylated alcohol of the formula
RO(R'O)xH wherein R. R1, and x, are as defined above, in the presence of a catalyst to form the ether- capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol.
In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention the step of reacting of vinyl ether with alkoxylated alcohol is conducted in the presence of a catalyst. Suitable catalysts include Lewis acids; acids and their salts, both organic and inorganic; pyridinium salts; polymers; clays, such as, Spanish sepiolite clay, GIRDLER K-10; aluminosilicates or zeolites, such as HZS-360 zeolite, H-Y zeolite; activated carbon, such as sulfonated charcoal; transition metal complexes, such as, molybedenyl(VI) acetylacetone; transition metal salts, such as lanthum trichloride, eerie ammonium nitrate; 2,3-dichloro-5,6,dicyano-p-benzoquinone; bis(trimethysilyl)sulfate, and mixtures thereof.
Suitable Lewis acids include, but are not limited to, TiCl^ Ti(O1Pr)4, ZnCl2, SnCl2, AICI3, platinum dichloride, copper(II) chloride, phosphorous pentachloride, phosphorous trichloride, cobalt(II) chloride, zinc oxide, iron(II) chloride and BF3-OEt2-
Suitable inorganic acids include, mineral acids, such as, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphorous oxychloride, aluminium phosphate and ammonium chloride. Furthermore, the mineral acids or their salts can optionally be adsorbed on to a substrate, such as, silica gel, or alumina. For example sulfuric acid adsorbed on silica gel, or alumina impregnated with zinc chloride.
Suitable organic acids include: carboxyhc acids, such as, acetic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, glycolic acid, maleic acid and oxydisuccinic acid; halogenated carboxyhc acids, such as, trifluoroacetic acid, heptaflurobutyric acid, dichloroacetic acid, and trichloroacetic acid; and sulfonic and sulfmic acids and their salts such as, p-toluenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, 4- bromobenzene sulfonic acid, naphthalene sulfonic acid, (+)-10-camphor sulfonates, and alkyl benzene sulfonic acid.
Suitable pyridinium salts, include, but are not limited to, pyridinium p- toluenesulfonate (PPTS), pyridinium p-toluenesulfinate, pyridinium hydrochloride, pyridinium hydrobromide, pyridinium hydrogen bisulfate, pyridinium hydrogen sulfate and mixtures thereof.
Suitable transition metal, include, but are not limited to, molybedenyl(VI) acetylacetone; transition metal salts, such as lanthum trichloride, eerie ammonium nitrate; 2,3-dichloro-5,6,dicyano-p-benzoquinone, mercury(II) acetate, mercury(II)trifluroacetate, copper(II) acetylacetonate and teteracarbonylbis(cyclopentadienyl)diiron.
Suitable polymers, include, but are not limited to, polymeric ion exchange resins, or polyvinyl pyridines. Suitable polymeric ion exchange resins include those of the Amberylst series, such as AMBERYLST®15, available from Rohm & Haas, the DOWEX® series, such as, DOWEX 50X8-50 available from Dow; REILLEX 424, available from Reilly Industries; the Amberlite series, such as AMBERLITE IRA-400, or AMBERLITE IR-118, available from Rohm & Haas; available from United Catalyst ; the ENVIROCAT series, such as ENVIROCAT EPZG, available from Contract Chemicals; and combinations thereof. Suitable polyvinyl pyridines can be unsubstituted or substituted, such as substituted on the vinyl group and/or on the pyridine ring. Examples of suitable polyvinyl pyridines include, but are not limited to, poly(4-vinylpyridine trifluoromethanesulfonate), poly(2-vinylpyridine trifluoromethanesulfonate), poly(4- vinylpyridine p-toluenesulfonate), poly(2-vinylpyridine p-toluenesulfonate), poly(4- vinylpyridine chloride), poly(2-vinylpyridine chloride), poly(4-vinylpyridine bromide), poly(2-vinylpyridine bromide), and mixtures thereof. These polymeric catalysts have the additional advantage of being easy to separate from the surfactant produced.
Other suitable catalysts include, bis(trimethysilyl)sulfate, iodotrimethylsilane, allytrimefhyl silane, hexamethyldisilane, iodine, bromine, iron(II) sulfate, triphenylphosphine, aluminium sulfate, alkylether sulfuric acids, alkyl sulfuric acids, lithium perchlorate, lithium teterafluoroborate, acetyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, zirconium hydroxide, potassium cyanide, and platinum oxide. Preferred catalysts include the sulfonic acids, Lewis acids, polyvinyl pyridines, methanesulfonic acid, AMBERYLST®15, acidic versions of DOWEX® and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (PPTS) with polyvinyl pyridines, pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate
(PPTS), DOWEX® AMBERYLST®15 and methanesulfonic acid, being the most preferred.
Mixtures of catalysts are also within the scope of the present invention. Similarly, the uses of supported, such as in a column for a continuous reaction, and unsupported catalysts are also within the scope of the present invention.
The catalysts are preferably employed at amounts of about 0.1 mol % to about 20.0 mol %, more preferably from about 0.1 mol % to about 10.0 mol %, even more preferably from about 0.1 mol % to about 5.0 mol %, even more preferably still from about 0.1 mol % to about 2.0 mol %, even more preferably still from about 0.2 mol % to about 1.0 mol %. Other suitable catalysts can be found in US patent No. U.S. Patent 4,272,394, and in PCT publications, WO 94/22800, WO 93/04153, WO96/00253 and WO 98/17379 all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention the reaction is conducted in the presence of a solvent, or mixtures of solvents. It is preferred that the solvent be a polar aprotic solvent. Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, hexane, benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, diethylether, methyl tert-butylether, acetone, acrylonitrile, or the like. Furthermore, the reaction is preferably conducted at temperatures ranging from about -20°C to about 300°C, and more preferably from about -10°C to about 250°C. Lastly, the reaction is preferably conducted at pressures ranging from about 0.5 atmospheres to about 100 atmospheres, and more preferably from about 0.8 atmospheres to about 10 atmospheres. In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention the step of reacting vinyl ether with alkoxylated alcohol is conducted in the absence of a solvent.
Further disclosure on suitable solvents and catalysts can be found in "Advanced Organic Chemistry", by Jerry March, 4th ed., Wiley-Interscience, 1992, "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by Richard C. Larock, VCH Publishers, 1989, and "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" 3RD ed. by Theodora W. Greene and Peter G. M. Wuts, Wiley-Interscience, 1999 the relevant portions of which are incorporated herein by reference.
In one embodiment of the present invention, the process is performed as a batch process. That is, the reaction is let proceeded to completion, or near completion, and then final product is removed. In another embodiment of the present invention, the process is performed as a continuous process. That is, the product of the process is continuously removed from the reaction vessel while staring material is added at a comparable rate. In one embodiment of the present invention the vinyl ether is reacted with the alkoxylated alcohol at a mole ratio of from about 5 to about 1 , more preferably from about 3 to about 1, more preferably still from about 1.5:1 to about 0.90:1 mole %.
In one embodiment of the process of the present invention the process may be conducted in an inert gas. This may be done by sparging with any suitable inert gas, such as nitrogen, helium, neon, or argon.
In one embodiment of the present invention reaction step (c) may be followed by optional step (d). Step (d), is a step in which the reaction step (c) is quenched, preferably by the addition of base. The amount of the ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant present in the reaction mixture will depend upon many factors, including but not limited to, starting materials, temperature, catalyst selection and the like. Quenching stops the reaction, of the starting materials, and ensures that any ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant produced does not undergo further reaction or revert back to the starting materials. The quenching of step (c) produces a mixture which contains ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant, as well as, unreacted starting materials, catalyst and the products of any side reactions. In one embodiment of this present invention the quenching of the reaction of step (c) is done when the reaction mixture preferably contains at least 90%, more preferably 95% by weight of ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant. The remaining 10%, more preferably 5% by weight, comprises, unreacted starting material as well as products of side reactions, such as byproduct acetals. In one aspect of this embodiment of the present invention the base may be optionally selected from the group consisting of alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal bicarbonates alkali metal hydroxides, alkali metal alcoholates, alkanolamines, alkylamines, aromatic amines and mixtures thereof. In a further aspect of the present invention the base may be optionally selected from the group consisting of potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate sodium methoxylate, sodium ethoxylate, potassium tert-butyloxylate, triethylamine, triethanolamine and mixtures thereof. In another aspect of this embodiment of the present mvention the base may be in the form of an aqueous solution. In a further aspect of this embodiment of the present invention the aqueous solution may be at a temperature of from about 20°C to about 60°C.
The expression "product of step (c)" is meant to include not only the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant but also any unreacted starting materials or any materials produced from side reactions, such as dimers, which would be present at the conclusion of step (c).
In one embodiment of the present invention the process of the present invention may optionally further comprise a step (e). Step (e) is removal of color bodies and/or odors from the product of steps (c) or (d). In one aspect of this embodiment of the present invention removal of the color bodies and/or odors is obtained by contacting the product of steps (c) or (d) with a reagent. The reagent can either be an oxidant, or a reductant. Suitable oxidants include hydrogen peroxide. Suitable reductants include sodium borohydride, and hydrogen over a palladium carbon catalyst. In a further aspect of this embodiment of the present invention the color bodies and/or odors are removed by contacting the product of steps (c) or (d) first with an oxidant and then a reductant or first with a reductant and then an oxidant.
In one embodiment of the present invention the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant produced in step (c) may optionally removed from the product of steps (c) or (d) by centrifuging. Some representative examples of this synthetic route of this aspect of the invention is demonstrated via the following diagrams.
CH3(CH2)8CH2(OCH2CH2)7OH + |{ f ] > I
^CT CT <~rt2 U 2 CH3(CH2)8CH,(OCH2CH2)70 O °
RT
Figure imgf000021_0001
The ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant product is then collect by means common in the art such as extraction. If desired, the surfactant may be further treated by stripping, distillation or various other means before use. The surfactants made by the process disclosed herein may contain related impurities which will not adversely affect performance. Amine oxide co-surfactant
In one aspect of the present invention the composition of the present invention in addition to the ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactant further contains an amine oxide co-surfactant. Amine oxides are semi-polar nonionic surfactants and include water-soluble amine oxides typically containing one alkyl moiety of from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms and 2 moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups and hydroxyalkyl groups containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention suitable amine oxide surfactants may be selected from those of the formula:
? R3(OR4)xN(R5)2 wherein R^ is an linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched hydroxyalkyl, or linear or branched alkyl phenyl group or mixtures thereof containing from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms; R^ is an alkylene or hydroxyalkyl ene group containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof; x is from 0 to about 3; and each R^ is an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing from about 1 to about 3 carbon atoms or a polyethylene oxide group containing from about 1 to about 3 ethylene oxide groups. The R-> groups can be attached to each other, e.g., through an oxygen or nitrogen atom, to form a ring structure.
In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention suitable amine oxide surfactants in particular include Ci Q-Ci g alkyl dimethyl amine oxides and Cg-C^ alkoxy ethyl dihydroxy ethyl amine oxides.
In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention suitable amine oxide surfactants in particular include a mixture of amine oxides with the resultant mixture having an average carbon content (branched or linear) for R3 of 16/17.
In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention suitable amine oxide surfactants will be made from natural products. For example isostearyl. In another embodiment of this aspect of the present invention suitable amine oxide surfactants will be wholly synthetic. Mixtures of amine oxides made from natural products and from synthetic materials are also within the scope of this invention. Suitable amine oxides can be produced by any convention synthetic method. For example they can be produced from alpha olefin or from alcohol directly.
Suitable amine oxide surfactants includes, but are not limited to, hexadecylbis(2- hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, tallowbis(2-hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, stearylbis(2- hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, hexadecyldimethylamine oxide, oleylbis(2- hydroxyethyl)amine oxide, dodecyldimethylamine oxide dihydrate tetradecyldimethylamine oxide and mixtures thereof.
For further examples of suitable amine oxide surfactants see U.S. Patents 5,075,501 and 5,071,594, incorporated herein by reference. Highly preferred amine oxides herein are solutions at ambient temperature. Amine oxides suitable for use herein are made commercially by a number of suppliers, including Akzo Chemie, Ethyl Corp., and Procter & Gamble. See McCutcheon's compilation and Kirk-Othmer review article for alternate amine oxide manufacturers.
In one embodiment of this aspect of the present invention the amine oxide is present in the composition in an effective amount, more preferably from about 0.1% to about
20%, even more preferably about 0.1% to about 15%, even more preferably still from about 0.3% to about 10%,by weight. Examples of suitable amine oxide surfactants are given in "Surface Active Agents and Detergents" (Vol. I and II by Schwartz, Perry and Berch).
Adjunct Ingredients and Methods: In general, cleaning adjunct is any material required to transform a composition containing only the minimum essential ingredients into a composition useful for cleaning purposes, such as fabric cleaning, tableware cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or personal cleansing (such as a body wash or a shampoo). Additionally, the surfactants of the present invention are also useful in post-wash cycle compositions, such as in fabric softeners and anti-static compositions. In preferred embodiments, cleaning adjuncts are easily recognizable to those of skill in the art as being absolutely characteristic of cleaning products, especially of cleaning products intended for direct use by a consumer in a domestic environment.
The bleach adjuncts are those adjuncts, which are preferably bleach compatible or bleach stable.
The precise nature of these additional components, and levels of incorporation thereof, will depend on the physical form of the composition and the nature of the cleaning operation for which it is to be used.
Preferably, the adjunct ingredients if used with bleach should have good stability therewith. Certain preferred detergent compositions herein should be boron-free and/or phosphate-free as required by legislation. Levels of adjuncts are from about 0.00001% to about 99.9%, by weight of the compositions. Use levels of the overall compositions can vary widely depending on the intended application, ranging for example from a few ppm in solution to so-called "direct application" of the neat cleaning composition to the surface to be cleaned.
Common adjuncts include builders, co-surfactants, enzymes, polymers, bleaches, bleach activators, catalytic materials and the like excluding any materials already defined hereinabove as part of the essential component of the inventive compositions. Other adjuncts herein can include diverse active ingredients or specialized materials, for example, dispersant polymers (e.g., from BASF Corp. or Rohm & Haas), color speckles, silvercare, anti-tarnish and or anti-corrosion agents, dyes, fillers, germicides, bactericides, alkalinity sources, hydrotropes, anti-oxidants, enzyme stabilizing agents, suds boosters, buffers, anti-fungal agents, mildew control agents, insect repellents, anti-corrosive aids, chelants suds suppressors thickeners, abrasives, pro-perfumes, perfumes, solubilizing agents, carriers, processing aids, pigments, and, for liquid formulations, solvents, as described in detail hereinafter. Co-surfactants:
The compositions according to the present invention may further comprise additional surfactants, herein also referred to as co-surfactants, preferably selected from: anionic surfactants, preferably selected from the group of alkyl alkoxylated sulfates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl disulfates, and/or linear alkyl benzenesulfonate surfactants; cationic surfactants, preferably selected from quaternary ammonium surfactants; nonionic surfactants, preferably alkyl ethoxylates, alkyl polyglucosides, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, and or amine or amine oxide surfactants; amphoteric surfactants, preferably selected from betaines and/or polycarboxylates (for example polyglycinates); and zwiterionic surfactants.
A wide range of these co-surfactants can be used in the cleaning compositions of the present invention. A typical listing of anionic, nonionic, ampholytic and zwitterionic classes, and species of these co-surfactants, is given in US Patent 3,664,961 issued to Norris on May 23, 1972. Amphoteric surfactants are also described in detail in "Amphoteric Surfactants, Second Edition", E.G. Lomax, Editor (published 1996, by Marcel Dekker, Inc.). Suitable surfactants can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/032,035 (Docket No. 6401P), 60/031 ,845 (Docket No. 6402P), 60/031,916 (Docket No. 6403P), 60/031,917 (Docket No. 6404P), 60/031,761 (Docket No. 6405P), 60/031,762 (Docket No. 6406P), 60/031,844 (Docket No. 6409P), No. 60/061,971, Attorney docket No 6881P October 14, 1997, No. 60/061 ,975, Attorney docket No 6882P October 14, 1997, No. 60/062,086, Attorney docket No 6883P October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,916, Attorney docket No 6884P October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,970, Attorney docket No 6885P October 14, 1997, No. 60/062,407, Attorney docket No 6886P October 14, 1997, 60/053,319 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6766P), 60/053,318 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6767P), 60/053,321 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6768P),
60/053,209 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6769P), 60/053,328 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6770P), 60/053,186 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6771P), 60/053,437 filed on August 8 1997 (Docket No. 6796P), 60/105,017 filed on October 20 1998 (Docket No. 7303P), and 60/104,962 filed on October 20 1998 (Docket No. 7304P) all of which are incorporated herein by reference. The compositions of the present invention preferably comprise from about 0.01% to about 55%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 45%, more preferably from about 0.25% to about 30%, more preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, by weight of co- surfactants. Selected co-surfactants are further identified as follows. (1) Anionic Co-surfactants: Nonlimiting examples of anionic co-surfactants useful herein, typically at levels from about 0.1% to about 50%, by weight, include the conventional Cu-Cig alkyl benzene sulfonates ("LAS") and primary, branched-chain and random C10-C20 alkyl sulfates ("AS"), the Cjo-Ci secondary (2,3) alkyl sulfates of the formula
CH3(CH2)χ(CHOSO3 'M+) CH3 and CH3 (CH2)y(CHOSO3 "M+) CH2CH3 where x and (y + 1) are integers of at least about 7, preferably at least about 9, and M is a water-solubilizing cation, especially sodium, unsaturated sulfates such as oleyl sulfate, the CiQ-Cj alpha-sulfonated fatty acid esters, the Ci Q-Ci sulfated alkyl polyglycosides, the CjQ-Cig alkyl alkoxy sulfates ("AEXS"; especially EO 1-7 ethoxy sulfates), and Ci Q-Ci alkyl alkoxy carboxylates (especially the EO 1-5 ethoxycarboxylates). The Ci 2"Cιg betaines and sulfobetaines ("sultaines"), C^Q-Cig amine oxides, and the like, can also be included in the overall compositions. C10-C20 conventional soaps may also be used. If high sudsing is desired, the branched-chain C J Q-CI O soaps may be used.
Other conventional useful anionic co-surfactants are listed in standard texts.
Other suitable anionic surfactants that can be used are alkyl ester sulfonate surfactants including linear esters of C -C20 carboxyhc acids (i.e., fatty acids) which are sulfonated with gaseous SO3 according to "The Journal of the American Oil Chemists
Society", 52 (1975), pp. 323-329. Suitable starting materials would include natural fatty substances as derived from tallow, palm oil, etc. Another type of useful surfactants are the so-called dianionics. These are surfactants which have at least two anionic groups present on the surfactant molecule. Some suitable dianionic surfactants are further described in copending U.S. Serial No. 60/020,503 (Docket No. 6160P), 60/020,772 (Docket No. 6161P), 60/020,928 (Docket No. 6158P), 60/020,832 (Docket No. 6159P) and 60/020,773 (Docket No. 6162P) all filed on June 28, 1996, and 60/023,539 (Docket No. 6192P), 60/023493 (Docket No. 6194P), 60/023,540 (Docket No. 6193P) and 60/023,527 (Docket No. 6195P) filed on August 8th, 1996, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Additionally and preferably, the surfactant may be a branched alkyl sulfate, branched alkyl alkoxylate, or branched alkyl alkoxylate sulfate. These surfactants are further described in No. 60/061,971, Attorney docket No 688 IP October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,975, Attorney docket No 6882P October 14, 1997, No. 60/062,086, Attorney docket No 6883P October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,916, Attorney docket No 6884P October 14, 1997, No. 60/061,970, Attorney docket No 6885P October 14, 1997, No. 60/062,407, Attorney docket No 6886P October 14, 1997,. Other suitable mid-chain branched surfactants can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/032,035 (Docket No. 6401P), 60/031,845 (Docket No. 6402P), 60/031,916 (Docket No. 6403P), 60/031,917 (Docket No. 6404P), 60/031,761 (Docket No. 6405P), 60/031,762 (Docket No. 6406P) and 60/031,844 (Docket No. 6409P). Mixtures of these branched surfactants with conventional linear surfactants are also suitable for use in the present compositions.
Additionally, the surfactant may be a modified alkylbenzene sulfonate surfactants, or MLAS. Suitable MLAS surfactants can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/053,319 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6766P), 60/053,318 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6767P), 60/053,321 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6768P), 60/053,209 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6769P), 60/053,328 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6770P), 60/053,186 filed on July 21 1997 (Docket No. 6771P), 60/053,437 filed on August 8 1997 (Docket No. 6796P), 60/105,017 filed on October 20 1998 (Docket No. 7303P), and 60/104,962 filed on October 20 1998 (Docket No. 7304P). Mixtures of these branched surfactants with conventional linear surfactants are also suitable for use in the present compositions. The anionic surfactants useful in the LDL of the present invention are preferably selected from the group consisting of, linear alkylbenzene sulfonate, alpha olefin sulfonate, paraffin sulfonates, alkyl ester sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl alkoxy sulfate, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl alkoxy carboxylate, alkyl alkoxylated sulfates, sarcosinates, taurinates, and mixtures thereof. An effective amount, typically from about 0.5% to about 90%, preferably about 5% to about 50%, more preferably from about 10 to about 30%, by weight of anionic detersive surfactant can be used in the LDL compositions of the present invention.
When included therein, the laundry detergent compositions of the present invention typically comprise from about 0.1% to about 50%, preferably from about 1% to about 40% by weight of an anionic surfactant. (2) Nonionic Co-surfactants:
Nonlimiting examples of nonionic co-surfactants useful herein typically at levels from about 0.1% to about 50%, by weight include the alkoxylated alcohols (AE's) and alkyl phenols, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides (PFAA's), alkyl polyglycosides (APG's), Ci Q-C] g glycerol ethers, and the like.
Examples of commercially available nonionic surfactants of this type include: Tergitol 15-S-9 (the condensation product of C\ \-C\_, linear alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide) and TergitolTM 24-L-6 NMW (the condensation product of C12-C14 primary alcohol with 6 moles ethylene oxide with a narrow molecular weight distribution), both marketed by Union Carbide Corporation; Neodol^M 45.9 ( he condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 9 moles of ethylene oxide),
NeodolTM 23-3 (the condensation product of C12-C13 linear alcohol with 3 moles of ethylene oxide), Neodo M 45.7 (the condensation product of C14-C15 linear alcohol with 7 moles of ethylene oxide) and NeodolTM 45.5 (t e condensation product of C14-
C15 linear alcohol with 5 moles of ethylene oxide) marketed by Shell Chemical
Company; Kyro^M EOB (the condensation product of C13-C15 alcohol with 9 moles ethylene oxide), marketed by The Procter & Gamble Company; and Genapol LA O3O or O5O (the condensation product of C12-C14 alcohol with 3 or 5 moles of ethylene oxide) marketed by Hoechst. The preferred range of HLB in these AE nonionic surfactants is from 8-17 and most preferred from 8-14. Condensates with propylene oxide and butylene oxides may also be used. Another class of preferred nonionic co-surfactants for use herein are the polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactants of the formula.
R7 C — N — Z,
" I I I , O R
wherein Rl is H, or C]_4 hydrocarbyl, 2-hydroxy ethyl, 2-hydroxy propyl or a mixture thereof, R^ is C5.31 hydrocarbyl, and Z is a polyhydroxyhydrocarbyl having a linear hydrocarbyl chain with at least 3 hydroxyls directly connected to the chain, or an alkoxylated derivative thereof. Typical examples include the Ci 2-Cj g and C12-C14 N- methylglucamides. See U.S. 5,194,639 and 5,298,636. N-alkoxy polyhydroxy fatty acid amides can also be used; see U.S. 5,489,393.
Also useful as a nonionic co-surfactant in the present invention are the alkylpolysaccharides such as those disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,565,647, Llenado, issued January 21, 1986.
Preferred alkylpolyglycosides have the formula
R2θ(CnH2nO)t(glycosyl)x wherein R^ is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkylphenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkylphenyl, and mixtures thereof in which the alkyl groups contain from about 10 to about 18, preferably from about 12 to about 14, carbon atoms; n is 2 or 3, preferably 2; t is from 0 to about 10, preferably 0; and x is from about 1.3 to about 10, preferably from about 1.3 to about 3, most preferably from about 1.3 to about 2.7. The glycosyl is preferably derived from glucose. To prepare these compounds, the alcohol or alkylpolyethoxy alcohol is formed first and then reacted with glucose, or a source of glucose, to form the glucoside (attachment at the 1 -position). The additional glycosyl units can then be attached between their 1 -position and the preceding glycosyl units 2-, 3- , 4- and or 6-position, preferably predominately the 2-position. Compounds of this type and their use in detergent are disclosed in EP-B 0 070 077, 0 075 996 and 0 094 118.
Polyethylene, polypropylene, and polybutylene oxide condensates of alkyl phenols are also suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant of the surfactant systems of the present invention, with the polyethylene oxide condensates being preferred. These compounds include the condensation products of alkyl phenols having an alkyl group containing from about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably from about 8 to about 14 carbon atoms, in either a straight-chain or branched-chain configuration with the alkylene oxide. In a preferred embodiment, the ethylene oxide is present in an amount equal to from about 2 to about 25 moles, more preferably from about 3 to about 15 moles, of ethylene oxide per mole of alkyl phenol. Commercially available nonionic surfactants of this type include Igepal^M CO-630, marketed by the GAF Corporation; and Triton^M X-45, X-114, X-100 and X-102, all marketed by the Rohm & Haas Company. These surfactants are commonly referred to as alkylphenol alkoxylates (e.g., alkyl phenol ethoxylates).
The condensation products of ethylene oxide with a hydrophobic base formed by the condensation of propylene oxide with propylene glycol are also suitable for use as the additional nonionic surfactant in the present invention. The hydrophobic portion of these compounds will preferably have a molecular weight of from about 1500 to about 1800 and will exhibit water insolubility. The addition of polyoxyethylene moieties to this hydrophobic portion tends to increase the water solubility of the molecule as a whole, and the liquid character of the product is retained up to the point where the polyoxyethylene content is about 50% of the total weight of the condensation product, which corresponds to condensation with up to about 40 moles of ethylene oxide. Examples of compounds of this type include certain of the commercially-available PluronicT surfactants, marketed by BASF.
Also suitable for use as the nonionic surfactant of the nonionic surfactant system of the present invention, are the condensation products of ethylene oxide with the product resulting from the reaction of propylene oxide and ethylenediamine. The hydrophobic moiety of these products consists of the reaction product of ethylenediamine and excess propylene oxide, and generally has a molecular weight of from about 2500 to about 3000. This hydrophobic moiety is condensed with ethylene oxide to the extent that the condensation product contains from about 40% to about 80% by weight of polyoxyethylene and has a molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 11,000. Examples of this type of nonionic surfactant include certain of the commercially available TetronicTM compounds, marketed by BASF.
When the composition is an automatic dishwashing composition (ADW), it preferably contains a nonionic co-surfactants. In general, bleach-stable nonionic co- surfactants are preferred These nonionic co-surfactants when present, are included at levels of from about 0.1% to about 15% of the composition. The nonionic co-surfactant may be a low cloud point nonionic co-surfactant, a high cloud point nonionic co- surfactant or mixtures thereof. One preferred ADW composition of the present invention, includes a low cloud point nonionic co-surfactant, and/or a high cloud point nonionic co- surfactant in addition to the surfactant of the present invention. Nonionic surfactants generally are well known, being described in more detail in Kirk Othmer's Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 3rd Ed., Vol. 22, pp. 360-379, "Surfactants and Detersive Systems", incorporated by reference herein.
"Cloud point", as used herein, is a well known property of nonionic surfactants which is the result of the surfactant becoming less soluble with increasing temperature, the temperature at which the appearance of a second phase is observable is referred to as the "cloud point" (See Kirk Othmer, pp. 360-362, hereinbefore).
As used herein, a "low cloud point" nonionic co-surfactant is defined as a nonionic surfactant system ingredient having a cloud point of less than 30°C, preferably less than about 20°C, and most preferably less than about 10°C. Typical low cloud point nonionic co-surfactants include nonionic alkoxylated surfactants, especially ethoxylates derived from primary alcohol, and polyoxypropylene/polyoxyethylene/polyoxypropylene (PO/EO/PO) reverse block polymers. Also, such low cloud point nonionic co-surfactants include, for example, ethoxylated-propoxylated alcohol (e.g., Olin Corporation's Poly- Tergent® SLF18) and epoxy-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohols (e.g., Olin Corporation's Poly-Tergent® SLF18B series of nonionics, as described, for example, in WO 94/22800, published October 13, 1994 by Olin Corporation). Nonionic co-surfactants can optionally contain propylene oxide in an amount up to about 15%) by weight. Other preferred nonionic co-surfactants can be prepared by the processes described in U.S. Patent 4,223,163, issued September 16, 1980, Builloty, incorporated herein by reference. Low cloud point nonionic co-surfactants additionally comprise a polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene block polymeric compound. Block polyoxyethylene- polyoxypropylene polymeric compounds include those based on ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerol, trimefhylolpropane and ethylenediamine as initiator reactive hydrogen compound. Certain of the block polymer surfactant compounds designated PLURONIC®, REVERSED PLURONIC®, and TETRONIC® by the BASF-Wyandotte Corp., Wyandotte, Michigan, are suitable in ADD compositions of the invention. Preferred examples include REVERSED PLURONIC® 25R2 and TETRONIC® 702, Such co-surfactants are typically useful herein as low cloud point nonionic surfactants.
As used herein, a "high cloud point" nonionic co-surfactant is defined as a nonionic surfactant system ingredient having a cloud point of greater than 40°C, preferably greater than about 50°C, and more preferably greater than about 60°C. Preferably the nonionic co-surfactant system comprises an ethoxylated surfactant derived from the reaction of a monohydroxy alcohol or alkylphenol containing from about 8 to about 20 carbon atoms, with from about 6 to about 15 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol or alkyl phenol on an average basis. Such high cloud point nonionic co- surfactants include, for example, Tergitol 15S9 (supplied by Union Carbide), Rhodasurf TMD 8.5 (supplied by Rhone Poulenc), and Neodol 91-8 (supplied by Shell).
It is also preferred for purposes of the present invention that the high cloud point nonionic co-surfactant further have a hydrophile-lipophile balance ("HLB"; see Kirk Othmer hereinbefore) value within the range of from about 9 to about 15, preferably 11 to 15. Such materials include, for example, Tergitol 15S9 (supplied by Union Carbide), Rhodasurf TMD 8.5 (supplied by Rhone Poulenc), and Neodol 91-8 (supplied by Shell).
Another preferred high cloud point nonionic co-surfactant is derived from a straight or preferably branched chain or secondary fatty alcohol containing from about 6 to about 20 carbon atoms (C6-C20 alcohol), including secondary alcohols and branched chain primary alcohols. Preferably, high cloud point nonionic co-surfactants are branched or secondary alcohol ethoxylates, more preferably mixed C9/11 or Cl 1/15 branched alcohol ethoxylates, condensed with an average of from about 6 to about 15 moles, preferably from about 6 to about 12 moles, and most preferably from about 6 to about 9 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of alcohol. Preferably the ethoxylated nonionic co-surfactant so derived has a narrow ethoxylate distribution relative to the average.
When the optional co-surfactants are a mixture of low cloud point nonionics and high cloud point nonionics it is preferred that the mixture is combined in a weight ratio preferably within the range of from about 10:1 to about 1:10. (3) Cationic Co-surfactants: Nonlimiting examples of cationic co-surfactants useful herein typically at levels from about 0.1% to about 50%, by weight include the choline ester-type quats and alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (AQA) surfactant compounds, and the like. Most preferred for aqueous liquid compositions herein are soluble cationic co-surfactants which do not readily hydrolyze in the product. Cationic co-surfactants useful as a component of the surfactant system is a cationic choline ester-type quat surfactant which are preferably water dispersible compounds having surfactant properties and comprise at least one ester (i.e. -COO-) linkage and at least one cationically charged group. Suitable cationic ester surfactants, including choline ester surfactants, have for example been disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 4,228,042, 4,239,660 and 4,260,529.
Cationic ester surfactants include those having the formula:
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein R\ is a C5-C31 linear or branched alkyl, alkenyl or alkaryl chain or M"
.N+(RgR7R )(CH2)s; X and Y, independently, are selected from the group consisting of COO, OCO, O, CO, OCOO, CONH, NHCO, OCONH and NHCOO wherein at least one of X or Y is a COO, OCO, OCOO, OCONH or NHCOO group; R2, R3, R4, Rβ, 7 and
Rg are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl and alkaryl groups having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R5 is independently H or a C1 -C3 alkyl group; wherein the values of m, n, s and t independently lie in the range of from 0 to 8, the value of b lies in the range from 0 to 20, and the values of a, u and v independently are either 0 or 1 with the proviso that at least one of u or v must be 1 ; and wherein M is a counter anion.
Preferably R , R3 and R4 are independently selected from CH3 and -
CH2CH2OH.
Preferably M is selected from the group consisting of halide, methyl sulfate, sulfate, and nitrate, more preferably methyl sulfate, chloride, bromide or iodide. Preferred water dispersible cationic ester surfactants are the choline esters having the formula:
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein R\ is a C1 1 -C19 linear or branched alkyl chain.
Particularly preferred choline esters of this type include the stearoyl choline ester quaternary methyl ammonium halides (R!=CI7 lkyl), palmitoyl choline ester quaternary methylammonium halides
Figure imgf000033_0002
alkyl), myristoyl choline ester quaternary methylammonium halides (R^=Cj3 alkyl), lauroyl choline ester quaternary methylammonium halides (Rl=Cι ι alkyl), cocoyl choline ester quaternary methylammonium halides (Rl=Cι ι -Ci3 alkyl), tallowyl choline ester quaternary methylammonium halides
Figure imgf000033_0003
and any mixtures thereof.
The particularly preferred choline esters, given above, may be prepared by the direct esterification of a fatty acid of the desired chain length with dimethyl aminoethanol, in the presence of an acid catalyst. The reaction product is then quaternized with a methyl halide, preferably in the presence of a solvent such as ethanol, propylene glycol or preferably a fatty alcohol ethoxylate such as Ci ø-Ci fatty alcohol ethoxylate having a degree of ethoxylation of from 3 to 50 ethoxy groups per mole forming the desired cationic material. They may also be prepared by the direct esterification of a long chain fatty acid of the desired chain length together with 2-haloethanol, in the presence of an acid catalyst material. The reaction product is then quaternized with trimethyl amine, forming the desired cationic material.
In a preferred aspect these cationic ester surfactant are hydrolysable under the conditions of a laundry wash method.
Cationic co-surfactants useful herein also include alkoxylated quaternary ammonium (AQA) surfactant compounds (referred to hereinafter as "AQA compounds") having the formula:
Figure imgf000034_0001
wherein R^ is an alkyl or alkenyl moiety containing from about 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, preferably 10 to about 16 carbon atoms, most preferably from about 10 to about 14 carbon atoms; R^ is an alkyl group containing from one to three carbon atoms, preferably methyl; R^ and R^ can vary independently and are selected from hydrogen (preferred), methyl and ethyl; X" is an anion such as chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, sulfate, or the like, sufficient to provide electrical neutrality. A and A' can vary independently and are each selected from C1 -C4 alkoxy, especially ethoxy (i.e., -CH2CH2O-), propoxy, butoxy and mixed ethoxy/propoxy; p is from 0 to about 30, preferably 1 to about 4 and q is from 0 to about 30, preferably 1 to about 4, and most preferably to about 4; preferably both p and q are 1. See also: EP 2,084, published May 30, 1979, by The Procter & Gamble
Company, which describes cationic co-surfactants of this type which are also useful herein..
The levels of the AQA surfactants used to prepare finished laundry detergent compositions typically range from about 0.1% to about 5%, preferably from about 0.45% to about 2.5%, by weight.
Aqueous Liquid Carrier The rinse aid compositions herein further contain from about ??% to ???% of an aqueous liquid carrier in which the other essential and optional compositions components are dissolved, dispersed or suspended. More preferably the aqueous liquid carrier will comprise from about ??% to ???% of the compositions herein. One essential component of the aqueous liquid carrier is, of course, water. The aqueous liquid carrier, however, may contain other materials which are liquid, or which dissolve in the liquid carrier, at room temperature and which may also serve some other function besides that of a simple filler. Such materials can include, for example, hydrotropes and solvents. Due in large part to the properties of the mid-chain branched surfactants of the present invention, the water in the aqueous liquid carrier can have a hardness level of at least about 15 gpg or more ("gpg" is a measure of water hardness that is well known to those skilled in the art, and it stands for "grains per gallon").
A variety of water-miscible liquids such as lower alcohols, diols, other polyols, ethers, amines, and the like may be used as part of the aqueous liquid carrier. Particularly preferred are the C1 -C4 alcohols. Such solvents can be present in the compositions herein to the extent of from about ?% to ?%.
Polymeric Suds Stabilizer - The compositions of the present invention may optionally contain a polymeric suds stabilizer. These polymeric suds stabilizers provide extended suds volume and suds duration without sacrificing the grease cutting ability of the liquid detergent compositions. These polymeric suds stabilizers are selected from: i) homopolymers of (N,N-dialkylamino)alkyl acrylate esters having the formula:
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein each R is independently hydrogen, Cj-Cg alkyl, and mixtures thereof, R1 is hydrogen, Cj-Cg alkyl, and mixtures thereof, n is from 2 to about 6; and ϋ) copolymers of (i) and
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein R is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, and mixtures thereof, provided that the ratio of (ii) to (i) is from about 2 to 1 to about 1 to 2; The molecular weight of the polymeric suds boosters, determined via conventional gel permeation chromatography, is from about 1,000 to about 2,000,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 1,000,000, more preferably from about 10,000 to about 750,000, more preferably from about 20,000 to about 500,000, even more preferably from about 35,000 to about 200,000. The polymeric suds stabilizer can optionally be present in the form of a salt, either an inorganic or organic salt, for example the citrate, sulfate, or nitrate salt of (N,N-dimethylamino)alkyl acrylate ester.
One preferred polymeric suds stabilizer is (N,N-dimethylamino)alkyl acrylate esters, namely
Figure imgf000036_0002
When present in the compositions, the polymeric suds booster may be present in the composition from about 0.01% to about 15%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 10%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, by weight.
Other suitable polymeric suds stabilizers, including protenacious suds stabilizers and zwitterionic suds stabilizers, can be found in PCT/US98/24853 filed November 20,
1998 (Docket No. 6938), PCT US98/24707 filed November 20, 1998(Docket No. 6939),
PCT US98/24699 filed November 20, 1998(Docket No. 6943), and PCT7US98/24852 filed November 20, 1998(Docket No. 6944). Also suitable are the cationic copolymer stabilizers, which can be found in US Patent 4454060.
Enzymes - Detergent compositions of the present invention may further comprise one or more enzymes which provide cleaning performance benefits. Said enzymes include enzymes selected from cellulases, hemicellulases, peroxidases, proteases, gluco- amylases, amylases, Upases, cutinases, pectinases, xylanases, reductases, oxidases, phenoloxidases, lipoxygenases, ligninases, pullulanases, tannases, pentosanases, malanases, β-glucanases, arabinosidases or mixtures thereof. A preferred combination is a detergent composition having a cocktail of conventional applicable enzymes like protease, amylase, lipase, cutinase and/or cellulase. Enzymes when present in the compositions, at from about 0.0001% to about 5% of active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition.
Proteolytic Enzyme - The proteolytic enzyme can be of animal, vegetable or microorganism (preferred) origin. The proteases for use in the detergent compositions herein include (but are not limited to) trypsin, subtilisin, chymotrypsin and elastase-type proteases. Preferred for use herein are subtilisin-type proteolytic enzymes. Particularly preferred is bacterial serine proteolytic enzyme obtained from Bacillus subtilis and/or Bacillus licheniformis.
Suitable proteolytic enzymes include Novo Industri A S Alcalase® (preferred), Esperase®' Savinase® (Copenhagen, Denmark), Gist-brocades' Maxatase®, Maxacal® and Maxapem 15® (protein engineered Maxacal®) (Delft, Netherlands), and subtilisin BPN and BPN'(preferred), which are commercially available. Preferred proteolytic enzymes are also modified bacterial serine proteases, such as those made by Genencor International, Inc. (San Francisco, California) which are described in European Patent 251,446B, granted December 28, 1994 (particularly pages 17, 24 and 98) and which are also called herein "Protease B". U.S. Patent 5,030,378, Venegas, issued July 9, 1991, refers to a modified bacterial serine proteolytic enzyme (Genencor International) which is called "Protease A" herein (same as BPN'). In particular see columns 2 and 3 of U.S. Patent 5,030,378 for a complete description, including amino sequence, of Protease A and its variants. Other proteases are sold under the tradenames: Primase, Durazym, Opticlean and Optimase. Preferred proteolytic enzymes, then, are selected from the group consisting of Alcalase ® (Novo Industri A/S), BPN', Protease A and Protease B (Genencor), and mixtures thereof. Protease B is most preferred.
Of particular interest for use herein are the proteases described in U.S. Patent No. 5,470,733. Also proteases described in our co-pending application USSN 08/136,797 can be included in the detergent composition of the invention.
Another preferred protease, referred to as "Protease D" is a carbonyl hydrolase variant having an amino acid sequence not found in nature, which is derived from a precursor carbonyl hydrolase by substituting a different amino acid for a plurality of amino acid residues at a position in said carbonyl hydrolase equivalent to position +76, preferably also in combination with one or more amino acid residue positions equivalent to those selected from the group consisting of +99, +101, +103, +104, +107, +123, +27, +105, +109, +126, +128, +135, +156, +166, +195, +197, +204, +206, +210, +216, +217, +218, +222, +260, +265, and/or +274 according to the numbering of Bacillus amyloliquefaciens subtilisin, as described in WO 95/10615 published April 20, 1995 by Genencor International (A. Baeck et al. entitled "Protease-Containing Cleaning Compositions" having U.S. Serial No. 08/322,676, filed October 13, 1994).
Useful proteases are also described in PCT publications: WO 95/30010 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company; WO 95/30011 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company; WO 95/29979 published November 9, 1995 by The Procter & Gamble Company.
Protease enzyme may be incorporated into the compositions in accordance with the invention at a level of from 0.0001% to 2%> active enzyme by weight of the composition. Amylase - Amylases (α and/or β) can be included for removal of carbohydrate- based stains. Suitable amylases are Termamyl® (Novo Nordisk), Fungamyl® and BAN® (Novo Nordisk). The enzymes may be of any suitable origin, such as vegetable, animal, bacterial, fungal and yeast origin. Amylase enzymes are normally incorporated in the detergent composition at levels from 0.0001% to 2%, preferably from about 0.0001% to about 0.5%, more preferably from about 0.0005% to about 0.1%, even more preferably from about 0.001% to about 0.05% of active enzyme by weight of the detergent composition.
Amylase enzymes also include those described in WO95/26397 and in co-pending application by Novo Nordisk PCT/DK96/00056. One suitable amylase enzyme is NATALASE® available from Novo Nordisk. Other amylases suitable herein include, for example, α-amylases described in GB 1,296,839 to Novo; RAPIDASE®, International Bio-Synthetics, Inc. and TERMAMYL®, Novo. FUNGAMYL® from Novo is especially useful.
Particularly preferred amylases herein include amylase variants having additional modification in the immediate parent as described in WO 9510603 A and are available from the assignee, Novo, as DURAMYL®. Other particularly preferred oxidative stability enhanced amylase include those described in WO 9418314 to Genencor International and WO 9402597 to Novo. Any other oxidative stability-enhanced amylase can be used, for example as derived by site-directed mutagenesis from known chimeric, hybrid or simple mutant parent forms of available amylases. Other preferred enzyme modifications are accessible. See WO 9509909 A to Novo.
Various carbohydrase enzymes which impart antimicrobial activity may also be included in the present invention. Such enzymes include endoglycosidase, Type II endoglycosidase and glucosidase as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,041,236, 5,395,541 , 5,238,843 and 5,356,803 the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference. Of course, other enzymes having antimicrobial activity may be employed as well including peroxidases, oxidases and various other enzymes.
It is also possible to include an enzyme stabilization system into the compositions of the present invention when any enzyme is present in the composition. Various carbohydrase enzymes which impart antimicrobial activity may also be included in the present invention. Such enzymes include endoglycosidase, Type II endoglycosidase and glucosidase as disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,041,236, 5,395,541, 5,238,843 and 5,356,803 the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference. Of course, other enzymes having antimicrobial activity may be employed as well including peroxidases, oxidases and various other enzymes.
It is also possible to include an enzyme stabilization system into the compositions of the present invention when any enzyme is present in the composition.
Peroxidase enzymes can be used in combination with oxygen sources, e.g., percarbonate, perborate, persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, etc. They are typically used for "solution bleaching," i.e. to prevent transfer of dyes or pigments removed from substrates during wash operations to other substrates in the wash solution. Peroxidase enzymes are known in the art, and include, for example, horseradish peroxidase, ligninase, and haloperoxidase such as chloro- and bromo-peroxidase. Peroxidase-containing detergent compositions are disclosed, for example, in PCT International Application WO 89/099813, published October 19, 1989, by O. Kirk, assigned to Novo Industries A S. The present invention encompasses peroxidase-free automatic dishwashing composition embodiments.
A wide range of enzyme materials and means for their incorporation into synthetic detergent compositions are also disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,553,139, issued January 5, 1971 to McCarty et al. Enzymes are further disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,101,457, Place et al, issued July 18, 1978, and in U.S. Patent 4,507,219, Hughes, issued March 26, 1985. Enzymes for use in detergents can be stabilized by various techniques. Enzyme stabilization techniques are disclosed and exemplified in U.S. Patent 3,600,319, issued August 17, 1971 to Gedge, et al, and European Patent Application Publication No. 0 199 405, Application No. 86200586.5, published October 29, 1986, Venegas. Enzyme stabilization systems are also described, for example, in U.S. Patent 3,519,570.
The enzymes may be incorporated into detergent compositions herein in the form of suspensions, "marumes" or "prills". Another suitable type of enzyme comprises those in the form of slurries of enzymes in nonionic surfactants, e.g., the enzymes marketed by Novo Nordisk under the tradename "SL" or the microencapsulated enzymes marketed by Novo Nordisk under the tradename "LDP."
Enzymes added to the compositions herein in the form of conventional enzyme prills are especially preferred for use herein. Such prills will generally range in size from about 100 to 1,000 microns, more preferably from about 200 to 800 microns and will be suspended throughout the non-aqueous liquid phase of the composition. Prills in the compositions of the present invention have been found, in comparison with other enzyme forms, to exhibit especially desirable enzyme stability in terms of retention of enzymatic activity over time. Thus, compositions which utilize enzyme prills need not contain conventional enzyme stabilizing such as must frequently be used when enzymes are incorporated into aqueous liquid detergents. If employed, enzymes will normally be incorporated into the non-aqueous liquid compositions herein at levels sufficient to provide up to about 10 mg by weight, more typically from about 0.01 mg to about 5 mg, of active enzyme per gram of the composition. Stated otherwise, the non-aqueous liquid detergent compositions herein will typically comprise from about 0.001% to 5%, preferably from about 0.01% to 1% by weight, of a commercial enzyme preparation. Protease enzymes, for example, are usually present in such commercial preparations at levels sufficient to provide from 0.005 to 0.1 Anson units (AU) of activity per gram of composition.
Enzyme Stabilizing System - The enzyme-containing compositions herein may optionally also comprise from about 0.001% to about 10%, preferably from about 0.005% to about 8%, most preferably from about 0.01% to about 6%, by weight of an enzyme stabilizing system. The enzyme stabilizing system can be any stabilizing system which is compatible with the detersive enzyme. Such a system may be inherently provided by other formulation actives, or be added separately, e.g., by the formulator or by a manufacturer of detergent-ready enzymes. Such stabilizing systems can, for example, comprise calcium ion, boric acid, propylene glycol, short chain carboxyhc acids, boronic acids, and mixtures thereof, and are designed to address different stabilization problems depending on the type and physical form of the detergent composition.
Perfumes - Perfumes and perfumery ingredients useful in the present compositions and processes comprise a wide variety of natural and synthetic chemical ingredients, including, but not limited to, aldehydes, ketones, esters, and the like. Also included are various natural extracts and essences which can comprise complex mixtures of ingredients, such as orange oil, lemon oil, rose extract, lavender, musk, patchouli, balsamic essence, sandalwood oil, pine oil, cedar, and the like. Finished perfumes can comprise extremely complex mixtures of such ingredients. Finished perfumes typically comprise from about 0.01% to about 2%, by weight, of the detergent compositions herein, and individual perfumery ingredients can comprise from about 0.0001% to about 90% of a finished perfume composition.
Dispersant Polymer - The compositions of the present invention may additionally contain a dispersant polymer. When present, a dispersant polymer in the instant compositions is typically at levels in the range from 0 to about 25%, preferably from about 0.5% to about 20%, more preferably from about 1% to about 8% by weight of the composition. Dispersant polymers are useful for improved filming performance of the present compositions, especially in higher pH embodiments, such as those in which wash pH exceeds about 9.5. Particularly preferred are polymers which inhibit the deposition of calcium carbonate or magnesium silicate on dishware.
Dispersant polymers suitable for use herein are further illustrated by the film- forming polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,379,080 (Murphy), issued Apr. 5, 1983.
Suitable polymers are preferably at least partially neutralized or alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium (e.g., mono-, di- or triethanolammonium) salts of polycarboxylic acids. The alkali metal, especially sodium salts are most preferred. While the molecular weight of the polymer can vary over a wide range, it preferably is from about 1,000 to about 500,000, more preferably is from about 1,000 to about 250,000, and most preferably, especially if the composition is for use in North American automatic dishwashing appliances, is from about 1,000 to about 5,000. Other suitable dispersant polymers include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.
3,308,067, 4,530,766, 3,723,322, 3,929,107, 3,803,285, 3,629,121, 4,141,841, and 5,084,535; EP Pat. No. 66,915,.
Copolymers of acrylamide and acrylate having a molecular weight of from about 3,000 to about 100,000, preferably from about 4,000 to about 20,000, and an acrylamide content of less than about 50%, preferably less than about 20%, by weight of the dispersant polymer can also be used.
Particularly preferred dispersant polymers are low molecular weight modified poly aery late copolymers.
Suitable low molecular weight polyacrylate dispersant polymer preferably has a molecular weight of less than about 15,000, preferably from about 500 to about 10,000, most preferably from about 1,000 to about 5,000. The most preferred polyacrylate copolymer for use herein has a molecular weight of about 3,500 and is the fully neutralized form of the polymer comprising about 70% by weight acrylic acid and about 30% by weight methacrylic acid. Other dispersant polymers useful herein include the polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols having a molecular weight of from about 950 to about 30,000 which can be obtained from the Dow Chemical Company of Midland, Michigan.
Yet other dispersant polymers useful herein include the cellulose sulfate esters such as cellulose acetate sulfate, cellulose sulfate, hydroxyethyl cellulose sulfate, methylcellulose sulfate, and hydroxypropylcellulose sulfate. Sodium cellulose sulfate is the most preferred polymer of this group.
Yet another group of acceptable dispersants are the organic dispersant polymers, such as polyaspartate. Material Care Agents - When the compositions of the present invention are automatic dishwashing compositions they may contain one or more material care agents which are effective as corrosion inhibitors and/or anti-tarnish aids. Such materials are preferred components of machine dishwashing compositions especially in certain European countries where the use of electroplated nickel silver and sterling silver is still comparatively common in domestic flatware, or when aluminium protection is a concern and the composition is low in silicate. Generally, such material care agents include metasilicate, silicate, bismuth salts, manganese salts, paraffin, triazoles, pyrazoles, thiols, mercaptans, aluminium fatty acid salts, and mixtures thereof.
When present, such protecting materials are preferably incorporated at low levels, e.g., from about 0.01% to about 5% of the composition. Suitable corrosion inhibitors include paraffin oil, typically a predominantly branched aliphatic hydrocarbon having a number of carbon atoms in the range of from about 20 to about 50; preferred paraffin oil is selected from predominantly branched C25-45 species with a ratio of cyclic to noncyclic hydrocarbons of about 32:68. A paraffin oil meeting those characteristics is sold by Wintershall, Salzbergen, Germany, under the trade name WINOG 70.
Additionally, the addition of low levels of bismuth nitrate (i.e., Bi(NO3)3) is also preferred.
Other corrosion inhibitor compounds include benzotriazole and comparable compounds; mercaptans or thiols including thionaphtol and thioanthranol; and finely divided Aluminium fatty acid salts, such as aluminium tristearate. The formulator will recognize that such materials will generally be used judiciously and in limited quantities so as to avoid any tendency to produce spots or films on glassware or to compromise the bleaching action of the compositions. For this reason, mercaptan anti-tarnishes which are quite strongly bleach-reactive and common fatty carboxyhc acids which precipitate with calcium in particular are preferably avoided. Chelating Agents - The detergent compositions herein may also optionally contain one or more iron and/or manganese chelating agents. Such chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents and mixtures therein, all as hereinafter defined. Without intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that the benefit of these materials is due in part to their exceptional ability to remove iron and manganese ions from washing solutions by formation of soluble chelates.
Amino carboxylates useful as optional chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetrace-tates, N-hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilo-tri- acetates, ethylenediamine tetrapro-prionates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriaminepentaacetates, and ethanoldi-glycines, alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts therein and mixtures therein.
Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at lease low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions, and include ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates) as DEQUEST. Preferred, these amino phosphonates to not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms.
Polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents are also useful in the compositions herein. See U.S. Patent 3,812,044, issued May 21, 1974, to Connor et al. Preferred compounds of this type in acid form are dihydroxydisulfobenzenes such as 1,2- dihydroxy-3,5-disulfobenzene.
A preferred biodegradable chelator for use herein is ethylenediamine disuccinate ("EDDS"), especially the [S,S] isomer as described in U.S. Patent 4,704,233, November 3, 1987, to Hartman and Perkins.
The compositions herein may also contain water-soluble methyl glycine diacetic acid (MGDA) salts (or acid form) as a chelant or co-builder. Similarly, the so called
"weak" builders such as citrate can also be used as chelating agents. If utilized, these chelating agents will generally comprise from about 0.1% to about 15%) by weight of the detergent compositions herein. More preferably, if utilized, the chelating agents will comprise from about 0.1% to about 3.0% by weight of such compositions. Composition pH
The surfactants of the present invention may be used in compositions which cover a wide range, from acidic to basic and all shades in-between. The compositions of the present invention can have a pH from 2 to 12. If a composition with a pH greater than 7 is to be more effective, it preferably should contain a buffering agent capable of providing a generally more alkaline pH in the composition and in dilute solutions, i.e., about 0.1% to 0.4% by weight aqueous solution, of the composition. The pKa value of this buffering agent should be about 0.5 to 1.0 pH units below the desired pH value of the composition (determined as described above). Preferably, the pKa of the buffering agent should be from about 7 to about 10. Under these conditions the buffering agent most effectively controls the pH while using the least amount thereof. Similarly, an acidic buffering system can be employed to maintain the compositions pH.
The buffering agent may be an active detergent in its own right, or it may be a low molecular weight, organic or inorganic material that is used in this composition solely for maintaining an alkaline pH. One type of preferred buffering agents for compositions of this invention are nitrogen-containing materials. Some examples are amino acids such as lysine or lower alcohol amines like mono-, di-, and tri-ethanolamine. Other preferred nitrogen-containing buffering agents are Tri(hydroxymethyl)amino methane (HOCH2)3CNH3 (TRIS), 2-amino-2-ethyl-l,3-propanediol, 2-amino-2-methyl-propanol, 2-amino-2-methyl-l,3-propanol, disodium glutamate, N-methyl diethanolamide, 1,3- diamino-propanol N,N'-tetra-methyl-l,3-diamino-2-propanol, N,N-bis(2- hydroxyethyl)glycine (bicine) and N-tris (hydroxymethyl)methyl glycine (tricine). Mixtures of any of the above are also acceptable. Useful inorganic buffers/alkalinity sources include the alkali metal carbonates and alkali metal phosphates, e.g., sodium carbonate, sodium polyphosphate. Also suitable are organic acids like citric acid, acetic acid and the like. For additional buffers see McCutcheon's EMULSIFIERS AND DETERGENTS, North American Edition, 1997, McCutcheon Division, MC Publishing Company Kirk and WO 95/07971 both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
One highly preferred group of buffers, especially in LDL compositions, are diamines. Preferred organic diamines are those in which pKl and pK2 are in the range of about 8.0 to about 11.5, preferably in the range of about 8.4 to about 11, even more preferably from about 8.6 to about 10.75. Preferred materials for performance and supply considerations are l,3-bis(methylamine)-cyclohexane, 1,3 propane diamine (pKl=10.5; pK2=8.8), 1,6 hexane diamine (pKl=l l; pK^lO), 1,3 pentane diamine (Dytek EP) (pKl=10.5; pK2=8.9), 2-methyl 1 ,5 pentane diamine (Dytek A) (pKl-11.2; pK2=10.0). Other preferred materials are the primary/primary diamines with alkylene spacers ranging from C4 to C8. In general, it is believed that primary diamines are preferred over secondary and tertiary diamines.
Definition of pKl and pK2 - As used herein, "pKal" and "pKa2" are quantities of a type collectively known to those skilled in the art as "pKa" pKa is used herein in the same manner as is commonly known to people skilled in the art of chemistry. Values referenced herein can be obtained from literature, such as from "Critical Stability Constants: Volume 2, Amines" by Smith and Martel, Plenum Press, NY and London, 1975. Additional information on pKa's can be obtained from relevant company literature, such as information supplied by Dupont, a supplier of diamines. More detailed information of pKa's can be found in US Pat App No. 08/770,972 filed 12/29/96 to Procter & Gamble (Attorney Docket No. 6459)
Examples of preferred diamines include the following: dimethyl aminopropyl amine, 1,6-hexane diamine, 1,3 propane diamine, 2-methyl 1,5 pentane diamine, 1,3-Pentanediamine, 1,3-diaminobutane, 1 ,2-bis(2-aminoethoxy)ethane, Isophorone diamine, l,3-bis(methylamine)-cyclohexane and mixtures thereof.
The buffer can be complemented (i.e. for improved sequestration in hard water) by other optional detergency builder salts selected from nonphosphate detergency builders known in the art, which include the various water-soluble, alkali metal, ammonium or substituted ammonium borates, hydroxysulfonates, polyacetates, and polycarboxylates. Preferred are the alkali metal, especially sodium, salts of such materials. Alternate water- soluble, non-phosphorus organic builders can be used for their sequestering properties. Examples of polyacetate and polycarboxylate builders are the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid; nitrilotriacetic acid, tartrate monosuccinic acid, tartrate disuccinic acid, oxydisuccinic acid, carboxymethoxysuccinic acid, mellitic acid, and sodium benzene polycarboxylate salts.
The buffering agent, if used, is present in the compositions of the invention herein at a level of from about 0.1% to 15%, preferably from about 1% to 10%, most preferably from about 2% to 8%, by weight of the composition. If the optional buffer used is a diamine, the composition will preferably contain at least about 0.1%, more preferably at least about 0.2%, even more preferably, at least about 0.25%, even more preferably still, at least about 0.5% by weight of said composition of diamine. The composition will also preferably contain no more than about 15%, more preferably no more than about 10%, even more preferably, no more than about 6%, even more preferably, no more than about 5%, even more preferably still, no more than about 1.5% by weight of said composition of diamine.
Water-Soluble Silicates
The present compositions may further comprise water-soluble silicates. Water- soluble silicates herein are any silicates which are soluble to the extent that they do not adversely affect spotting/filming characteristics of the composition. Examples of silicates are sodium metasilicate and, more generally, the alkali metal silicates, particularly those having a SiO2:Na2O ratio in the range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1; and layered silicates, such as the layered sodium silicates described in U.S. Patent 4,664,839, issued May 12, 1987 to H. P. Rieck. NaSKS-6® is a crystalline layered silicate marketed by Hoechst (commonly abbreviated herein as "SKS-6"). Unlike zeolite builders, Na SKS-6 and other water-soluble silicates usefule herein do not contain aluminum. NaSKS- 6 is the δ-Na2Siθ5 form of layered silicate and can be prepared by methods such as those described in German DE-A-3,417,649 and DE-A-3,742,043. SKS-6 is a preferred layered silicate for use herein, but other such layered silicates, such as those having the general formula NaMSixθ2x+]-yH2θ wherein M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, preferably 2, and y is a number from 0 to 20, preferably 0 can be used. Various other layered silicates from Hoechst include NaSKS-5, NaSKS-7 and NaSKS-11, as the α-, β- and γ- forms. Other silicates may also be useful, such as for example magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granular formulations, as a stabilizing agent for oxygen bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems. Silicates particularly useful in automatic dishwashing (ADD) applications include granular hydrous 2-ratio silicates such as BRITESIL® H20 from PQ Corp., and the commonly sourced BRITESIL® H24 though liquid grades of various silicates can be used when the ADD composition has liquid form. Within safe limits, sodium metasilicate or sodium hydroxide alone or in combination with other silicates may be used in an ADD context to boost wash pH to a desired level. Bleaching Compounds
Bleaching Agents and Bleach Activators The compositions herein preferably further contain a bleach and or a bleach activators. Bleaches agents will typically, when present, be at levels of from about 1% to about 30%, more typically from about 5% to about 20%, of the detergent composition, especially for fabric laundering. If present, the amount of bleach activators will typically be from about 0.1% to about 60%, more typically from about 0.5% to about 40% of the composition comprising the bleaching agent-plus-bleach activator.
The bleaches used herein can be any of the bleaches useful for detergent compositions in textile cleaning, hard surface cleaning, or other cleaning purposes that are now known or become known. These include oxygen bleaches as well as other bleaching agents. Perborate bleaches, e.g., sodium perborate (e.g., mono- or tetra- hydrate) can be used herein. Also suitable are organic or inorganic peracids. Suitable organic or inorganic peracids for use herein include: percarboxylic acids and salts; percarbonic acids and salts; perimidic acids and salts; peroxymonosulfuric acids and salts; persulphates such as monopersulfate; peroxyacids such as diperoxydodecandioic acid (DPDA); magnesium perphthalic acid; perlauric acid; phthaloyl amidoperoxy caproic acid (PAP); perbenzoic and alkylperbenzoic acids; and mixtures thereof. One class of suitable organic peroxycarboxylic acids have the general formula: O
II
Y— R— C— O— OH wherein R is an alkylene or substituted alkylene group containing from 1 to about 22 carbon atoms or a phenylene or substituted phenylene group, and Y is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, aryl, -C(O)OH or -C(O)OOH. Organic peroxyacids suitable for use in the present invention can contain either one or two peroxy groups and can be either aliphatic or aromatic. When the organic peroxycarboxylic acid is aliphatic, the unsubstituted acid has the general formula:
O
II Y-(CH2)n-C— O— OH where Y can be, for example, H, CH3, CH2C1, C(O)OH, or C(O)OOH; and n is an integer from 1 to 20. When the organic peroxycarboxylic acid is aromatic, the unsubstituted acid has the general formula:
O
II Y-C6H4-C— O— OH wherein Y can be, for example, hydrogen, alkyl, alkylhalogen, halogen, C(O)OH or C(O)OOH. Typical monoperoxy acids useful herein include alkyl and aryl peroxyacids such as:
(i) peroxybenzoic acid and ring-substituted peroxybenzoic acid, e.g. peroxy-a- naphthoic acid, monoperoxyphthalic acid (magnesium salt hexahydrate), and ocarboxybenzamidoperoxyhexanoic acid (sodium salt); (ii) aliphatic, substituted aliphatic and arylalkyl monoperoxy acids, e.g. peroxylauric acid, peroxystearic acid, N-nonanoylaminoperoxycaproic acid (NAPCA), N,N-(3-octylsuccinoyl)aminoperoxycaproic acid (SAP A) and N,N- phthaloylaminoperoxycaproic acid (PAP); (iii) amidoperoxyacids, e.g. monononylamide of either peroxysuccinic acid (NAPSA) or of peroxyadipic acid (NAPAA). Typical diperoxyacids useful herein include alkyl diperoxyacids and aryldiperoxyacids, such as:
(iv) 1,12-diperoxydodecanedioic acid;
(v) 1,9-diperoxyazelaic acid; (vi) diperoxybrassylic acid; diperoxysebacic acid and diperoxyisophthalic acid;
(vii) 2-decyldiperoxybutane-l,4-dioic acid;
(viii) 4,4'-sulfonylbisperoxybenzoic acid.
Such bleaching agents are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S. Patent 4,634,551 to Burns et al., European Patent Application 0,133,354, Banks et al. published February 20, 1985, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934, Chung et al. issued November 1, 1983. Sources also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns et al. Persulfate compounds such as for example OXONE, manufactured commercially by E.I. DuPont de Nemours of Wilmington, DE can also be employed as a suitable source of peroxymonosulfuric acid.
Particularly preferred peracid compounds are those having the formula: o
Figure imgf000050_0001
o wherein R is C alkyl and n is an integer of from 1 to 5. A particularly preferred peracid has the formula where R is CH2 and n is 5 i.e., phthaloylamino peroxy caproic acid (PAP) as described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,487,818, 5,310,934, 5,246,620, 5,279,757 and 5,132,431. PAP is available from Ausimont SpA under the tradename Euroco.
The peracids used herein preferably have a solubility in aqueous liquid compositions measured at 20 °C of from about 10 ppm to about 1500 ppm, more preferably from about 50 ppm to about 1000 ppm, most preferably from about 50 ppm to about 800 ppm solubility is measured at 20 °C. In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention the peracid has mean average particle size of less than 100 microns, more preferably less than 80 microns, even more preferably less than 60 microns. Most preferably, when the peracid is PAP, it has a mean average particle size of between about 20 and about 50 microns. Alternatively, although not preferred, the bleach can be a chlorine bleach.
Chlorine bleaches can be any convenient conventional chlorine bleach. Such compounds are often divided in to two categories namely, inorganic chlorine bleaches and organic chlorine bleaches. Examples of the former are hypochlorites, such as sodium hypochlorite, calcium hypochlorite, potassium hypochlorite, magnesium hypochlorite. Another example of an inorganic chlorine bleach usable in the present invention is chlorinated trisodium phosphate dodecahydrate. Examples of the latter are isocyanurates, such as potassium dichloroisocyanurate, sodium dichloroisocyanurate. Examples of other organic chlorine bleaches usable in the present invention are l,3-dichloro-5,5- dimethlhydantoin, N-chlorosulfamide, chloramine T, Dichloramine T, chloramine B, Dichloramine T, N,N'-dichlorobenzoylene urea, paratoluene sulfondichoroamide, trichloromethylamine, N-chloroammeline, N-chlorosuccinimide, N,N'- dichloroazodicarbonamide, N-chloroacetyl urea, N,N'-dichlorobiuret and chlorinated dicyandamide. Preferably the chlorine bleach is an inorganic chlorine bleach, more preferably it is sodium hypochlorite. Another category of bleaches that can be used without restriction encompasses percarboxylic acid bleaching agents and salts thereof. Suitable examples of this class of agents include magnesium monoperoxyphthalate hexahydrate, the magnesium salt of metachloro perbenzoic acid, 4-nonylamino-4-oxoperoxybutyric acid and diperoxydodecanedioic acid. Such bleaches are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,483,781, Hartman, issued November 20, 1984, U.S. Patent Application 740,446, Burns et al, filed June 3, 1985, European Patent Application 0,133,354, Banks et al, published February 20, 1985, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934, Chung et al, issued November 1, 1983. Highly preferred bleaches also include 6-nonylamino-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid as described in U.S. Patent 4,634,551, issued January 6, 1987 to Burns et al. Peroxygen bleaches can also be used. Suitable peroxygen bleaching compounds include sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate and equivalent "percarbonate" bleaches, sodium pyrophosphate peroxyhydrate, urea peroxy hydrate, and sodium peroxide. Persulfate bleach (e.g., OXONE, manufactured commercially by DuPont) can also be used.
A preferred percarbonate bleach comprises dry particles having an average particle size in the range from about 500 micrometers to about 1,000 micrometers, not more than about 10% by weight of said particles being smaller than about 200 micrometers and not more than about 10% by weight of said particles being larger than about 1,250 micrometers. Optionally, the percarbonate can be coated with silicate, borate or water-soluble surfactants. Percarbonate is available from various commercial sources such as FMC, Solvay and Tokai Denka. Mixtures of bleaches can also be used.
Peroxygen bleaches, the perborates, the percarbonates, etc., are preferably combined with bleach activators, which lead to the in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the peroxy acid corresponding to the bleach activator. Various nonlimiting examples of activators are disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,915,854, issued April 10, 1990 to Mao et al, and U.S. Patent 4,412,934. The nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (NOBS) and tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) activators are typical, and mixtures thereof can also be used. See also U.S. 4,634,551 for other typical bleaches and activators useful herein. Bleach Activators Bleach activators useful herein include amides, imides, esters and anhydrides.
Commonly at least one substituted or unsubstituted acyl moiety is present, covalently connected to a leaving group as in the structure R-C(O)-L. In one preferred mode of use, bleach activators are combined with a source of hydrogen peroxide, such as the perborates or percarbonates, in a single product. Conveniently, the single product leads to in situ production in aqueous solution (i.e., during the washing process) of the percarboxylic acid corresponding to the bleach activator. The product itself can be hydrous, for example a powder, provided that water is controlled in amount and mobility such that storage stability is acceptable. Alternately, the product can be an anhydrous solid or liquid. In another mode, the bleach activator or oxygen bleach is incorporated in a pretreatment product, such as a stain stick; soiled, pretreated substrates can then be exposed to further treatments, for example of a hydrogen peroxide source. With respect to the above bleach activator structure RC(O)L, the atom in the leaving group connecting to the peracid-forming acyl moiety R(C)0- is most typically O or N. Bleach activators can have non-charged, positively or negatively charged peracid-forming moieties and/or noncharged, positively or negatively charged leaving groups. One or more peracid-forming moieties or leaving-groups can be present. See, for example, U.S. 5,595,967, U.S. 5,561,235, U.S. 5,560,862 or the bis- (peroxy-carbonic) system of U.S. 5,534,179. Mixtures of suitable bleach activators can also be used. Bleach activators can be substituted with electron-donating or electron- releasing moieties either in the leaving-group or in the peracid-forming moiety or moieties, changing their reactivity and making them more or less suited to particular pH or wash conditions. For example, electron-withdrawing groups such as N02 improve the efficacy of bleach activators intended for use in mild-pH (e.g., from about 7.5- to about 9.5) wash conditions.
An extensive and exhaustive disclosure of suitable bleach activators and suitable leaving groups, as well as how to determine suitable activators, can be found in US Patents 5,686,014 and 5,622,646.
Cationic bleach activators include quaternary carbamate-, quaternary carbonate-, quaternary ester- and quaternary amide- types, delivering a range of cationic peroxyimidic, peroxycarbonic or peroxycarboxylic acids to the wash. An analogous but non-cationic palette of bleach activators is available when quaternary derivatives are not desired. In more detail, cationic activators include quaternary ammonium- substituted activators of WO 96-06915, U.S. 4,751,015 and 4,397,757, EP-A-284292, EP-A-331,229 and EP-A-03520. Also useful are cationic nitriles as disclosed in EP-A- 303,520 and in European Patent Specification 458,396 and 464,880. Other nitrile types have electron-withdrawing substituents as described in U.S. 5,591,378.
Other bleach activator disclosures include GB 836,988; 864,798; 907,356; 1,003,310 and 1,519,351 ; German Patent 3,337,921 ; EP-A-0185522; EP-A-0174132; EP-A-0120591 ; U.S. Pat. Nos. 1,246,339; 3,332,882; 4,128,494; 4,412,934 and 4,675,393, and the phenol sulfonate ester of alkanoyl aminoacids disclosed in U.S. 5,523,434. Suitable bleach activators include any acetylated diamine types, whether hydrophilic or hydrophobic in character. Of the above classes of bleach precursors, preferred classes include the esters, including acyl phenol sulfonates, acyl alkyl phenol sulfonates or acyl oxybenzenesulfonates (OBS leaving- group); the acyl-amides; and the quaternary ammonium substituted peroxyacid precursors including the cationic nitriles. Preferred bleach activators include N,N,N'N'-tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) or any of its close relatives including the triacetyl or other unsymmetrical derivatives. TAED and the acetylated carbohydrates such as glucose pentaacetate and tetraacetyl xylose are preferred hydrophilic bleach activators. Depending on the application, acetyl triethyl citrate, a liquid, also has some utility, as does phenyl benzoate. Preferred hydrophobic bleach activators include sodium nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (NOBS or SNOBS), N-(alkanoyl)aminoalkanoyloxy benzene sulfonates, such as 4-[N-(nonanoyl)aminohexanoyloxy]-benzene sulfonate or (NACA-OBS) as described in US Patent 5,534,642 and in EPA 0 355 384 Al, substituted amide types described in detail hereinafter, such as activators related to NAPAA, and activators related to certain imidoperacid bleaches, for example as described in U.S. Patent 5,061,807, issued October 29, 1991 and assigned to Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft of Frankfurt, Germany and Japanese Laid-Open Patent Application (Kokai) No. 4-28799.
Another group of peracids and bleach activators herein are those derivable from acyclic imidoperoxycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, See US Patent 5415796, and cyclic imidoperoxycarboxylic acids and salts thereof, see US patents 5,061,807, 5,132,431, 5,6542,69, 5,246,620, 5,419,864 and 5,438,147.
Other suitable bleach activators include sodium-4-benzoyloxy benzene sulfonate (SBOBS); sodium- l-methyl-2-benzoyloxy benzene-4-sulphonate; sodium-4-methyl-3- benzoyloxy benzoate (SPCC); trimethyl ammonium toluyloxy-benzene sulfonate; or sodium 3,5,5-trimethyl hexanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (STHOBS).
Bleach activators may be used in an amount of up to 20%, preferably from 0.1- 10% by weight, of the composition, though higher levels, 40% or more, are acceptable, for example in highly concentrated bleach additive product forms or forms intended for appliance automated dosing. Highly preferred bleach activators useful herein are amide-substituted and an extensive and exhaustive disclosure of these activators can be found in US Patents 5,686,014 and 5,622,646.
Other useful activators, disclosed in U.S. 4,966,723, are benzoxazin-type, such as a C6H4 ring to which is fused in the 1,2-positions a moiety — C(O)OC(Rl)=N-. A highly preferred activator of the benzoxazin-type is:
Figure imgf000055_0001
Depending on the activator and precise application, good bleaching results can be obtained from bleaching systems having with in-use pH of from about 6 to about 13, preferably from about 9.0 to about 10.5. Typically, for example, activators with electron-withdrawing moieties are used for near-neutral or sub-neutral pH ranges. Alkalis and buffering agents can be used to secure such pH.
Acyl lactam activators are very useful herein, especially the acyl caprolactams (see for example WO 94-28102 A) and acyl valerolactams (see U.S. 5,503,639). See also U.S. 4,545,784 which discloses acyl caprolactams, including benzoyl caprolactam adsorbed into sodium perborate. In certain preferred embodiments of the invention, NOBS, lactam activators, imide activators or amide-functional activators, especially the more hydrophobic derivatives, are desirably combined with hydrophilic activators such as TAED, typically at weight ratios of hydrophobic activator : TAED in the range of 1 :5 to 5:1, preferably about 1 :1. Other suitable lactam activators are alpha-modified, see WO 96-22350 Al, July 25, 1996. Lactam activators, especially the more hydrophobic types, are desirably used in combination with TAED, typically at weight ratios of amido-derived or caprolactam activators : TAED in the range of 1 :5 to 5: 1 , preferably about 1 : 1. See also the bleach activators having cyclic amidine leaving- group disclosed in U.S. 5,552,556.
Nonlimiting examples of additional activators useful herein are to be found in U.S. 4,915,854, U.S. 4,412,934 and 4,634,551. The hydrophobic activator nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate (NOBS) and the hydrophilic tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) activator are typical, and mixtures thereof can also be used.
Additional activators useful herein include those of U.S. 5,545,349, which is also incorporated herein by reference. Bleaches other than oxygen bleaching agents are also known in the art and can be utilized herein. One type of non-oxygen bleaching agent of particular interest includes photoactivated bleaches such as the sulfonated zinc and/or aluminum phthalocyanines. See U.S. Patent 4,033,718, issued July 5, 1977 to Holcombe et al. If used, detergent compositions will typically contain from about 0.025% to about 1.25%, by weight, of such bleaches, especially sulfonate zinc phthalocyanine. Bleach Catalysts
The present invention compositions and methods may optionally utilize metal- containing bleach catalysts that are effective for use in ADD, laundry or bleaching compositions. Preferred are manganese and cobalt-containing bleach catalysts. For examples of suitable bleach catalysts see U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,246,612, 5,804542,
5,798,326, 5,246,621, 4,430,243, 5,244,594, 5,597,936, 5,705,464, 4,810,410, 4,601,845, 5,194,416, 5,703,030, 4,728,455, 4,711,748, 4,626,373, 4,119,557, 5,114,606, 5,599,781, 5,703,034, 5,114,611, 4,430,243, 4,728,455, 5,720,897 and 5,227,084; EP Pat. Nos. 408,131, 549,271, 384,503, 549,272, 224,952, and 306,089; DE Pat. No. 2,054,019; CA Pat No. 866,191.
Preferred are cobalt (III) catalysts having the formula: Co[(NH3)nM'mB'bT'tQqPp] Yy wherein cobalt is in the +3 oxidation state; n is an integer from 0 to 5 (preferably 4 or 5; most preferably 5); M' represents a monodentate ligand; m is an integer from 0 to 5 (preferably 1 or 2; most preferably 1); B' represents a bidentate ligand; b is an integer from 0 to 2; T' represents a tridentate ligand; t is 0 or 1; Q is a tetradentate ligand; q is 0 or 1 ; P is a pentadentate ligand; p is 0 or 1 ; and n + m + 2b + 3t + 4q + 5p = 6; Y is one or more appropriately selected counteranions present in a number y, where y is an integer from 1 to 3 (preferably 2 to 3; most preferably 2 when Y is a -1 charged anion), to obtain a charge-balanced salt, preferred Y are selected from the group consisting of chloride, iodide, I3", formate, nitrate, nitrite, sulfate, sulfite, citrate, acetate, carbonate, bromide,
PFg", BF4", B(Ph)4", phosphate, phosphite, silicate, tosylate, methanesulfonate, and combinations thereof [optionally, Y can be protonated if more than one anionic group exists in Y, e.g., HPO42-, HCO3", H2PO4', etc., and further, Y may be selected from the group consisting of non-traditional inorganic anions such as anionic surfactants, e.g., linear alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS), alkyl sulfates (AS), alkylethoxysulfonates (AES), etc., and/or anionic polymers, e.g., polyacrylates, polymethacrylates, etc.]; and wherein further at least one of the coordination sites attached to the cobalt is labile under automatic dishwashing use conditions and the remaining coordination sites stabilize the cobalt under automatic dishwashing conditions such that the reduction potential for cobalt (III) to cobalt (II) under alkaline conditions is less than about 0.4 volts (preferably less than about 0.2 volts) versus a normal hydrogen electrode.
Preferred cobalt catalysts of this type have the formula: [Co(NH3)n(M')m] Yy wherein n is an integer from 3 to 5 (preferably 4 or 5; most preferably 5); M' is a labile coordinating moiety, preferably selected from the group consisting of chlorine, bromine, hydroxide, water, and (when m is greater than 1) combinations thereof; m is an integer from 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2; most preferably 1); m+n = 6; and Y is an appropriately selected counteranion present in a number y, which is an integer from 1 to 3 (preferably 2 to 3; most preferably 2 when Y is a -1 charged anion), to obtain a charge- balanced salt.
The preferred cobalt catalyst of this type useful herein are cobalt pentaamine chloride salts having the formula [Co(NH3)5θ] Yy, and especially [Co(NH3)5θ]Cl2.
More preferred are the present invention compositions which utilize cobalt (III) bleach catalysts having the formula:
[Co(NH3)n(M)m(B)b] Ty wherein cobalt is in the +3 oxidation state; n is 4 or 5 (preferably 5); M is one or more ligands coordinated to the cobalt by one site; m is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 1); B is a ligand coordinated to the cobalt by two sites; b is 0 or 1 (preferably 0), and when b=0, then m+n = 6, and when b=l, then m^O and n=4; and T is one or more appropriately selected counteranions present in a number y, where y is an integer to obtain a charge-balanced salt (preferably y is 1 to 3; most preferably 2 when T is a -1 charged anion); and wherein further said catalyst has a base hydrolysis rate constant of less than 0.23 M'l s~l (25°C). The most preferred cobalt catalyst useful herein are cobalt pentaamine acetate salts having the formula [Co(NH3)5OAc] Ty, wherein OAc represents an acetate moiety, and especially cobalt pentaamine acetate chloride, [Co(NH3)5OAc]Cl2; as well as
[Co(NH3)5OAc](OAc)2; [Co(NH3)5OAc](PF6)2; [Co(NH3)5OAc](SO4); [Co-
(NH3)5OAc](BF4)2; and [Co(NH3)5OAc](NO3)2.
As a practical matter, and not by way of limitation, the cleaning compositions and cleaning processes herein can be adjusted to provide on the order of at least one part per hundred million of the active bleach catalyst species, when present, in the aqueous washing medium, and will more preferably provide from about 0.01 ppm to about 25 ppm, more preferably from about 0.05 ppm to about 10 ppm, and most preferably from about 0.1 ppm to about 5 ppm, of the bleach catalyst species in the wash liquor. In order to obtain such levels in the wash liquor of an automatic dishwashing process, typical automatic dishwashing compositions herein will comprise from about 0.0005% to about 0.2%, more preferably from about 0.004% to about 0.08%, of bleach catalyst by weight of the cleaning compositions.
Builders - Builders can operate via a variety of mechanisms including forming soluble or insoluble complexes with hardness ions, by ion exchange, and by offering a surface more favorable to the precipitation of hardness ions than are the surfaces of articles to be cleaned. Builder level can vary widely depending upon end use and physical form of the composition. For example, high-surfactant formulations can be unbuilt. The level of builder can vary widely depending upon the end use of the composition and its desired physical form. The compositions will comprise at least about 0.1%, preferably from about 1% to about 90%, more preferably from about 5% to about 80%), even more preferably from about 10% to about 40% by weight, of the detergent builder. Lower or higher levels of builder, however, are not excluded.
Suitable builders herein can be selected from the group consisting of phosphates and polyphosphates, especially the sodium salts; carbonates, bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates and carbonate minerals other than sodium carbonate or sesquicarbonate; organic mono-, di-, tri-, and tetracarboxylates especially water-soluble nonsurfactant carboxylates in acid, sodium, potassium or alkanolammonium salt form, as well as oligomeric or water-soluble low molecular weight polymer carboxylates including aliphatic and aromatic types; and phytic acid. These may be complemented by borates, e.g., for pH-buffering purposes, or by sulfates, especially sodium sulfate and any other fillers or carriers which may be important to the engineering of stable surfactant and/or builder-containing detergent compositions.
Builder mixtures, sometimes termed "builder systems" can be used and typically comprise two or more conventional builders, optionally complemented by chelants, pH- buffers or fillers, though these latter materials are generally accounted for separately when describing quantities of materials herein. In terms of relative quantities of surfactant and builder in the present granular compositions, preferred builder systems are typically formulated at a weight ratio of surfactant to builder of from about 60: 1 to about 1:80. Certain preferred granular detergents have said ratio in the range 0.90:1.0 to 4.0:1.0, more preferably from 0.95:1.0 to 3.0:1.0.
P-containing detergent builders often preferred where permitted by legislation include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphosphates exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, glassy polymeric meta-phosphates; and phosphonates. Where phosphorus-based builders can be used, the various alkali metal phosphates such as the well-known sodium tripolyphosphates, sodium pyrophosphate and sodium orthophosphate can be used. Phosphonate builders such as ethane- 1 -hydroxy- 1,1-diphosphonate and other known phosphonates (see, for example, U.S. Patents 3,159,581; 3,213,030; 3,422,021; 3,400,148 and 3,422,137) can also be used though such materials are more commonly used in a low- level mode as chelants or stabilizers.
Phosphate detergent builders for use in granular compositions are well known. They include, but are not limited to, the alkali metal, ammonium and alkanolammonium salts of polyphosphates (exemplified by the tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, and glassy polymeric meta-phosphates). Phosphate builder sources are described in detail in Kirk Othmer, 3rd Edition, Vol. 17, pp. 426-472 and in "Advanced Inorganic Chemistry" by Cotton and Wilkinson, pp. 394-400 (John Wiley and Sons, Inc.; 1972).
Preferred levels of phosphate builders herein are from about 10% to about 75%, preferably from about 15% to about 50%, of phosphate builder. Phosphate builders can optionally be included in the compositions herein to assist in controlling mineral hardness. Builders are typically used in automatic dishwashing to assist in the removal of particulate soils.
Suitable carbonate builders include alkaline earth and alkali metal carbonates as disclosed in German Patent Application No. 2,321,001 published on November 15, 1973, although sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium sesquicarbonate, and other carbonate minerals such as trona or any convenient multiple salts of sodium carbonate and calcium carbonate such as those having the composition 2Na2CO3.CaCO3 when anhydrous, and even calcium carbonates including calcite, aragonite and vaterite, especially forms having high surface areas relative to compact calcite may be useful, for example as seeds. Various grades and types of sodium carbonate and sodium sesquicarbonate may be used, certain of which are particularly useful as carriers for other ingredients, especially detersive surfactants.
Suitable organic detergent builders include polycarboxylate compounds, including water-soluble nonsurfactant dicarboxylates and tricarboxylates. More typically builder polycarboxylates have a plurality of carboxylate groups, preferably at least 3 carboxylates. Carboxylate builders can be formulated in acid, partially neutral, neutral or overbased form. When in salt form, alkali metals, such as sodium, potassium, and lithium, or alkanolammonium salts are preferred. Polycarboxylate builders include the ether polycarboxylates, such as oxydisuccinate, see Berg, U.S. 3,128,287, April 7, 1964, and Lamberti et al, U.S. 3,635,830, January 18, 1972; "TMS/TDS" builders of U.S. 4,663,071, Bush et al, May 5, 1987; and other ether carboxylates including cyclic and alicyclic compounds, such as those described in U.S. Patents 3,923,679; 3,835,163; 4,158,635; 4,120,874 and 4,102,903.
Other suitable builders are the ether hydroxypolycarboxylates, copolymers of maleic anhydride with ethylene or vinyl methyl ether; 1, 3, 5-trihydroxy benzene-2, 4, 6- trisulphonic acid; carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid; the various alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts of polyacetic acids such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid and nitrilotriacetic acid; as well as mellitic acid, succinic acid, oxydisuccinic acid, polymaleic acid, benzene 1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, and soluble salts thereof. Citrates, e.g., citric acid and soluble salts thereof are important carboxylate builders due to availability from renewable resources and biodegradability. Citrates can also be used in the present granular compositions, especially in combination with zeolite and/or layered silicates. Citrates can also be used in combination with zeolite, the hereafter mentioned BRITESIL types, and/or layered silicate builders. Oxydisuccinates are also useful in such compositions and combinations. Oxydisuccinates are also especially useful in such compositions and combinations.
Where permitted alkali metal phosphates such as sodium tripolyphosphates, sodium pyrophosphate and sodium orthophosphate can be used. Phosphonate builders such as ethane- 1 -hydroxy- 1 , 1 -diphosphonate and other known phosphonates, e.g., those of U.S. 3,159,581; 3,213,030; 3,422,021; 3,400,148 and 3,422,137 can also be used and may have desirable antiscaling properties.
Certain detersive surfactants or their short-chain homologs also have a builder action. For unambiguous formula accounting purposes, when they have surfactant capability, these materials are summed up as detersive surfactants. Preferred types for builder functionality are illustrated by: 3,3-dicarboxy-4-oxa-l,6-hexanedioates and the related compounds disclosed in U.S. 4,566,984, Bush, January 28, 1986. Succinic acid builders include the C5-C2Q alkyl and alkenyl succinic acids and salts thereof. Succinate builders also include: laurylsuccinate, myristylsuccinate, palmitylsuccinate, 2- dodecenylsuccinate (preferred), 2-pentadecenylsuccinate, and the like. Lauryl-succinates are described in European Patent Application 86200690.5/0,200,263, published
November 5, 1986. Fatty acids, e.g., Cι 2-Cj g monocarboxylic acids, can also be incorporated into the compositions as surfactant/builder materials alone or in combination with the aforementioned builders, especially citrate and/or the succinate builders, to provide additional builder activity but are generally not desired. Such use of fatty acids will generally result in a diminution of sudsing in laundry compositions, which may need to be taken into account by the formulator. Fatty acids or their salts are undesirable in Automatic Dishwashing (ADD) embodiments in situations wherein soap scums can form and be deposited on dishware. . Other suitable polycarboxylates are disclosed in U.S. 4,144,226, Crutchfield et al, March 13, 1979 and in U.S. 3,308,067, Diehl, March 7, 1967. See also Diehl, U.S. 3,723,322. Other types of inorganic builder materials which can be used have the formula
(Mx)j Cay (CO3)z wherein x and i are integers from 1 to 15, y is an integer from 1 to 10, z is an integer from 2 to 25, Mj are cations, at least one of which is a water-soluble, and the equation Σ\ = ι_i5(xi multiplied by the valence of M ) + 2y - 2z is satisfied such that the formula has a neutral or "balanced" charge. These builders are referred to herein as "Mineral Builders". Waters of hydration or anions other than carbonate may be added provided that the overall charge is balanced or neutral. The charge or valence effects of such anions should be added to the right side of the above equation. Preferably, there is present a water-soluble cation selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, water- soluble metals, hydrogen, boron, ammonium, silicon, and mixtures thereof, more preferably, sodium, potassium, hydrogen, lithium, ammonium and mixtures thereof, sodium and potassium being highly preferred. Nonlimiting examples of noncarbonate anions include those selected from the group consisting of chloride, sulfate, fluoride, oxygen, hydroxide, silicon dioxide, chromate, nitrate, borate and mixtures thereof. Preferred builders of this type in their simplest forms are selected from the group consisting of Na Ca(CO3)2, K2Ca(CO3)2, Na2Ca2(CO3)3, NaKCa(CO3)2,
NaKCa2(CO3)3, K2Ca2(CO3)3, ar>d combinations thereof. An especially preferred material for the builder described herein is Na2Ca(CO3) in any of its crystalline modifications. Suitable builders of the above-defined type are further illustrated by, and include, the natural or synthetic forms of any one or combinations of the following minerals: Afghanite, Andersonite, AshcroftineY, Beyerite, Borcarite, Burbankite, Butschliite, Cancrinite, Carbocernaite, Carletonite, Davyne, DonnayiteY, Fairchildite, Ferrisurite, Franzinite, Gaudefroyite, Gaylussite, Girvasite, Gregoryite, Jouravskite, KamphaugiteY, Kettnerite, Khanneshite, LepersonniteGd, Liottite, MckelveyiteY, Microsommite, Mroseite, Natrofairchildite, Nyerereite, RemonditeCe, Sacrofanite, Schrockingerite, Shortite, Surite, Tunisite, Tuscanite, Tyrolite, Vishnevite, and Zemkorite. Preferred mineral forms include Nyererite, Fairchildite and Shortite.
Detergent builders can also be selected from aluminosilicates and silicates, for example to assist in controlling mineral, especially Ca and/or Mg, hardness in wash water or to assist in the removal of particulate soils from surfaces.
Suitable silicate builders include water-soluble and hydrous solid types and including those having chain-, layer-, or three-dimensional- structure as well as amorphous-solid or non-structured-liquid types. Preferred are alkali metal silicates, particularly those liquids and solids having a SiO2:Na2O ratio in the range 1.6:1 to 3.2:1, including, particularly for automatic dishwashing purposes, solid hydrous 2-ratio silicates marketed by PQ Corp. under the tradename BRITESIL®, e.g., BRITESIL H2O; and layered silicates, e.g., those described in U.S. 4,664,839, May 12, 1987, H. P. Rieck. NaSKS-6, sometimes abbreviated "SKS-6", is a crystalline layered aluminium-free δ- a2Siθ5 morphology silicate marketed by Hoechst and is preferred especially in granular laundry compositions. See preparative methods in German DE-A-3,417,649 and DE-A- 3,742,043. Other layered silicates, such as those having the general formula
NaMSixO2x+ι -yH2O wherein M is sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 4, preferably 2, and y is a number from 0 to 20, preferably 0, can also or alternately be used herein. Layered silicates from Hoechst also include NaSKS-5, NaSKS-7 and NaSKS-1 1, as the α, β and γ layer-silicate forms. Other silicates may also be useful, such as magnesium silicate, which can serve as a crispening agent in granules, as a stabilising agent for bleaches, and as a component of suds control systems.
Also suitable for use herein are synthesized crystalline ion exchange materials or hydrates thereof having chain structure and a composition represented by the following general formula in an anhydride form: xM2O- ySiθ2.zM'O wherein M is Na and or K,
M' is Ca and/or Mg; y/x is 0.5 to 2.0 and z/x is 0.005 to 1.0 as taught in U.S. 5,427,711,
Sakaguchi et al, June 27, 1995.
Aluminosilicate builders are especially useful in granular compositions, but can also be incorporated in liquids, pastes or gels. Suitable for the present purposes are those having empirical formula: [Mz(AlO )z(SiO )v]- xH2O wherein z and v are integers of at least 6, the molar ratio of z to v is in the range from 1.0 to 0.5, and x is an integer from 15 to 264. Aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous, naturally-occurring or synthetically derived. An aluminosilicate production method is in U.S. 3,985,669, Krummel, et al, October 12, 1976. Preferred synthetic crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange materials are available as Zeolite A, Zeolite P (B), Zeolite X and, to whatever extent this differs from Zeolite P, the so-called Zeolite MAP. Natural types, including clinoptilolite, may be used. Zeolite A has the formula: Naι2[(NlO2)ι 2(SiO2)ι 2]-xH2O wherein x is from 20 to 30, especially 27. Dehydrated zeolites (x = 0 - 10) may also be used. Preferably, the aluminosilicate has a particle size of 0.1-10 microns in diameter. Detergent builders other than silicates can be used in the compositions herein to assist in controlling mineral hardness. They can be used in conjunction with or instead of aluminosilicates and silicates. Inorganic as well as organic builders can be used. Builders are used in automatic dishwashing to assist in the removal of particulate soils. Inorganic or non-phosphate-containing detergent builders include, but are not limited to, phosphonates, phytic acid, carbonates (including bicarbonates and sesquicarbonates), sulfates, citrate, zeolite, and aluminosilicates.
Aluminosilicate builders may be used in the present compositions though are not preferred for automatic dishwashing detergents. (See U.S. Pat. 4,605,509 for examples of preferred aluminosilicates.) Aluminosilicate builders are of great importance in most currently marketed heavy duty granular detergent compositions, and can also be a significant builder ingredient in liquid detergent formulations. Aluminosilicate builders include those having the empirical formula: Na 0-Al2θ3-xSiOz-yH2θ wherein z and y are integers of at least 6, the molar ratio of z to y is in the range from 1.0 to about 0.5, and x is an integer from about 15 to about 264. Useful aluminosilicate ion exchange materials are commercially available. These aluminosilicates can be crystalline or amorphous in structure and can be naturally- occurring aluminosilicates or synthetically derived. A method for producing aluminosilicate ion exchange materials is disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,985,669, Krummel, et al, issued October 12, 1976. Preferred synthetic crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange materials useful herein are available under the designations Zeolite A, Zeolite P (B), Zeolite MAP and Zeolite X. In another embodiment, the crystalline aluminosilicate ion exchange material has the formula: Nai 2[(AlO2)ι 2(SiO2)ι 2]-xH2O wherein x is from about 20 to about 30, especially about 27. This material is known as Zeolite A. Dehydrated zeolites (x = 0 - 10) may also be used herein. Preferably, the aluminosilicate has a particle size of about 0.1-10 microns in diameter. Individual particles can desirably be even smaller than 0.1 micron to further assist kinetics of exchange through maximization of surface area. High surface area also increases utility of aluminosilicates as adsorbents for surfactants, especially in granular compositions. Aggregates of aluminosilicate particles may be useful, a single aggregate having dimensions tailored to minimize segregation in granular compositions, while the aggregate particle remains dispersible to submicron individual particles during the wash. As with other builders such as carbonates, it may be desirable to use zeolites in any physical or morphological form adapted to promote surfactant carrier function, and appropriate particle sizes may be freely selected by the formulator. Polymeric Soil Release Agent - The compositions according to the present invention may optionally comprise one or more soil release agents. Polymeric soil release agents are characterized by having both hydrophilic segments, to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers, such as polyester and nylon, and hydrophobic segments, to deposit upon hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through completion of the laundry cycle and , thus, serve as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments. This can enable stains occuring subsequent to treatment with the soil release agent to be more easily cleaned in later washing procedures.
If utilized, soil release agents will generally comprise from about 0.01% to about 10% preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, more preferably from about 0.2% to about 3% by weight, of the composition.
The following, all included herein by reference, describe soil release polymers suitable for us in the present invention. U.S. 5,691,298 Gosselink et al., issued November 25, 1997; U.S. 5,599,782 Pan et al, issued February 4, 1997; U.S. 5,415,807 Gosselink et al., issued May 16, 1995; U.S. 5,182,043 Morrall et al., issued January 26, 1993; U.S. 4,956,447 Gosselink et al., issued September 11, 1990; U.S. 4,976,879 Maldonado et al. issued December 11, 1990; U.S. 4,968,451 Scheibel et al, issued November 6, 1990; U.S. 4,925,577 Borcher, Sr. et al., issued May 15, 1990; U.S. 4,861,512 Gosselink, issued August 29, 1989; U.S. 4,877,896 Maldonado et al., issued October 31 , 1989; U.S. 4,702,857 Gosselink et al., issued October 27, 1987; U.S. 4,711,730 Gosselink et al., issued December 8, 1987; U.S. 4,721,580 Gosselink issued January 26, 1988; U.S. 4,000,093 Nicol et al., issued December 28, 1976; U.S. 3,959,230 Hayes, issued May 25, 1976; U.S. 3,893,929 Basadur, issued July 8, 1975; and European Patent Application 0 219 048, published April 22, 1987 by Kud et al.
Further suitable soil release agents are described in U.S. 4,201,824 Voilland et al.; U.S. 4,240,918 Lagasse et al.; U.S. 4,525,524 Tung et al.; U.S. 4,579,681 Ruppert et al.; U.S. 4,220,918; U.S. 4,787,989; EP 279,134 A, 1988 to Rhone-Poulenc Chemie; EP 457,205 A to BASF (1991); and DE 2,335,044 to Unilever N.V., 1974; all incorporated herein by reference.
Clay Soil Removal/ Anti-redeposition Agents - The compositions of the present invention can also optionally contain water-soluble ethoxylated amines having clay soil removal and antiredeposition properties. Granular compositions which contain these compounds typically contain from about 0.01% to about 10.0% by weight of the water- soluble ethoxylates amines; liquid detergent compositions typically contain about 0.01% to about 5%.
Polymeric Dispersing Agents - Polymeric dispersing agents can advantageously be utilized at levels from about 0.1% to about 7%, by weight, in the compositions herein, especially in the presence of zeolite and/or layered silicate builders. Suitable polymeric dispersing agents include polymeric polycarboxylates and polyethylene glycols, although others known in the art can also be used. It is believed, though it is not intended to be limited by theory, that polymeric dispersing agents enhance overall detergent builder performance, when used in combination with other builders (including lower molecular weight polycarboxylates) by crystal growth inhibition, paniculate soil release peptization, and anti-redeposition.
Polymeric polycarboxylate materials can be prepared by polymerizing or copolymerizing suitable unsaturated monomers, preferably in their acid form. Unsaturated monomeric acids that can be polymerized to form suitable polymeric polycarboxylates include acrylic acid, maleic acid (or maleic anhydride), fumaric acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid and methylenemalonic acid. The presence in the polymeric polycarboxylates herein or monomeric segments, containing no carboxylate radicals such as vinylmethyl ether, styrene, ethylene, etc. is suitable provided that such segments do not constitute more than about 40% by weight. Particularly suitable polymeric polycarboxylates can be derived from acrylic acid.
Such acrylic acid-based polymers which are useful herein are the water-soluble salts of polymerized acrylic acid. The average molecular weight of such polymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 10,000, more preferably from about 4,000 to 7,000 and most preferably from about 4,000 to 5,000. Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid polymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts. Soluble polymers of this type are known materials. Use of polyacrylates of this type in detergent compositions has been disclosed, for example, in Diehl, U.S. Patent 3,308,067, issued march 7, 1967.
Acrylic/maleic-based copolymers may also be used as a preferred component of the dispersing/anti-redeposition agent. Such materials include the water-soluble salts of copolymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid. The average molecular weight of such copolymers in the acid form preferably ranges from about 2,000 to 100,000, more preferably from about 5,000 to 75,000, most preferably from about 7,000 to 65,000. The ratio of acrylate to maleate segments in such copolymers will generally range from about 30:1 to about 1:1, more preferably from about 10: 1 to 2:1. Water-soluble salts of such acrylic acid/maleic acid copolymers can include, for example, the alkali metal, ammonium and substituted ammonium salts. Soluble acrylate/maleate copolymers of this type are known materials which are described in European Patent Application No. 66915, published December 15, 1982, as well as in EP 193,360, published September 3, 1986, which also describes such polymers comprising hydroxypropylacrylate. Still other useful dispersing agents include the maleic/acrylic/vinyl alcohol terpolymers. Such materials are also disclosed in EP 193,360, including, for example, the 45/45/10 terpolymer of acrylic/maleic/vinyl alcohol.
Another polymeric material which can be included is polyethylene glycol (PEG). PEG can exhibit dispersing agent performance as well as act as a clay soil removal - antiredeposition agent. Typical molecular weight ranges for these purposes range from about 500 to about 100,000, preferably from about 1,000 to about 50,000, more preferably from about 1,500 to about 10,000.
Polyaspartate and polyglutamate dispersing agents may also be used, especially in conjunction with zeolite builders. Dispersing agents such as polyaspartate preferably have a molecular weight (avg.) of about 10,000.
Brightener - Any optical brighteners or other brightening or whitening agents known in the art can be incorporated at levels typically from about 0.01% to about 1.2%, by weight, into the detergent compositions herein. Commercial optical brighteners which may be useful in the present invention can be classified into subgroups, which include, but are not necessarily limited to, derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, carboxyhc acid, methinecyanines, dibenzothiophene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6- membered-ring heterocycles, and other miscellaneous agents. Examples of such brighteners are disclosed in "The Production and Application of Fluorescent Brightening Agents", M. Zahradnik, Published by John Wiley & Sons, New York (1982). Specific examples of optical brighteners which are useful in the present compositions are those identified in U.S. Patent 4,790,856, issued to Wixon on December 13, 1988. These brighteners include the PHORWHITE series of brighteners from Verona. Other brighteners disclosed in this reference include: Tinopal UNPA, Tinopal CBS and Tinopal 5BM; available from Ciba-Geigy; Artie White CC and Artie White CWD, the 2-(4-styryl-phenyl)-2H-naptho[l,2-d]triazoles; 4,4'-bis-(l,2,3-triazol-2-yl)- stilbenes; 4,4'-bis(styryl)bisphenyls; and the aminocoumarins. Specific examples of these brighteners include 4-methyl-7-diethyl- amino coumarin; l,2-bis(benzimidazol-2- yl)ethylene; 1,3-diphenyl-pyrazolines; 2,5-bis(benzoxazol-2-yl)thiophene; 2-styryl- naptho[l,2-d]oxazole; and 2-(stilben-4-yl)-2H-naphtho[l,2-d]triazole. See also U.S. Patent 3,646,015, issued February 29, 1972 to Hamilton.
Dye Transfer Inhibiting Agents - The compositions of the present invention may also include one or more materials effective for inhibiting the transfer of dyes from one fabric to another during the cleaning process. Generally, such dye transfer inhibiting agents include polyvinyl pyrrolidone polymers, polyamine N-oxide polymers, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole, manganese phthalocyanine, peroxidases, and mixtures thereof. If used, these agents typically comprise from about 0.01% to about 10% by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.01% to about 5%, and more preferably from about 0.05% to about 2%.
More specifically, the polyamine N-oxide polymers preferred for use herein contain units having the following structural formula: R-Ax-P; wherein P is a polymerizable unit to which an N-O group can be attached or the N-O group can form part of the polymerizable unit or the N-O group can be attached to both units; A is one of the following structures: -NC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -S-, -O-, -N=; x is 0 or 1; and R is aliphatic, ethoxylated aliphatics, aromatics, heterocyclic or alicyclic groups or any combination thereof to which the nitrogen of the N-O group can be attached or the N-O group is part of these groups. Preferred polyamine N-oxides are those wherein R is a heterocyclic group such as pyridine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrrolidine, piperidine and derivatives thereof. The N-O group can be represented by the following general structures:
O O
I I
(R1)x-N-(R2)y; =N-(R x
(R3)z wherein R\, R2, R3 are aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic or alicyclic groups or combinations thereof; x, y and z are 0 or 1; and the nitrogen of the N-O group can be attached or form part of any of the aforementioned groups. The amine oxide unit of the polyamine N-oxides has a pKa <10, preferably pKa <7, more preferred pKa <6.
Any polymer backbone can be used as long as the amine oxide polymer formed is water-soluble and has dye transfer inhibiting properties. Examples of suitable polymeric backbones are polyvinyls, polyalkylenes, polyesters, polyethers, polyamide, polyimides, polyacrylates and mixtures thereof. These polymers include random or block copolymers where one monomer type is an amine N-oxide and the other monomer type is an N-oxide. The amine N-oxide polymers typically have a ratio of amine to the amine N-oxide of 10: 1 to 1 : 1 ,000,000. However, the number of amine oxide groups present in the polyamine oxide polymer can be varied by appropriate copolymerization or by an appropriate degree of N-oxidation. The polyamine oxides can be obtained in almost any degree of polymerization. Typically, the average molecular weight is within the range of 500 to 1,000,000; more preferred 1,000 to 500,000; most preferred 5,000 to 100,000. This preferred class of materials can be referred to as "PVNO".
The most preferred polyamine N-oxide useful in the detergent compositions herein is poly(4-vinylpyridine-N-oxide) which as an average molecular weight of about 50,000 and an amine to amine N-oxide ratio of about 1 :4.
Copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole polymers (referred to as a class as "PVPVI") are also preferred for use herein. Preferably the PVPVI has an average molecular weight range from 5,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 200,000, and most preferably from 10,000 to 20,000. (The average molecular weight range is determined by light scattering as described in Barth, et al., Chemical Analysis, Vol 1 13. "Modern Methods of Polymer Characterization", the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.) The PVPVI copolymers typically have a molar ratio of N-vinylimidazole to N-vinylpyrrolidone from 1 : 1 to 0.2: 1, more preferably from 0.8: 1 to 0.3:1, most preferably from 0.6: 1 to 0.4: 1. These copolymers can be either linear or branched.
The present invention compositions also may employ a polyvinylpyrrolidone ("PVP") having an average molecular weight of from about 5,000 to about 400,000, preferably from about 5,000 to about 200,000, and more preferably from about 5,000 to about 50,000. PVP's are known to persons skilled in the detergent field; see, for example, EP-A-262,897 and EP-A-256,696, incorporated herein by reference. Compositions containing PVP can also contain polyethylene glycol ("PEG") having an average molecular weight from about 500 to about 100,000, preferably from about 1,000 to about 10,000. Preferably, the ratio of PEG to PVP on a ppm basis delivered in wash solutions is from about 2:1 to about 50: 1, and more preferably from about 3:1 to about 10:1. The compositions herein may also optionally contain from about 0.005% to 5% by weight of certain types of hydrophilic optical brighteners which also provide a dye transfer inhibition action. If used, the compositions herein will preferably comprise from about 0.01% to 1%) by weight of such optical brighteners.
The hydrophilic optical brighteners useful in the present invention are those having the structural formula:
Figure imgf000071_0001
wherein R\ is selected from anilino, N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and NH-2-hydroxyethyl; R2 is selected from N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl, N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino, morphilino, chloro and amino; and M is a salt-forming cation such as sodium or potassium. When in the above formula, R\ is anilino, R2 is N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl and M is a cation such as sodium, the brightener is 4,4',-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl)-s- triazine-2-yl)amino]-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid and disodium salt. This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal-UNPA-GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Tinopal-UNPA-GX is the preferred hydrophilic optical brightener useful in the detergent compositions herein.
When in the above formula, R\ is anilino, R2 is N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-2- methylamino and M is a cation such as sodium, the brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-(N- 2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino)-s-triazine-2-yl)amino]2,2'-stilbenedisulfonic acid disodium salt. This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal 5BM-GX by Ciba-Geigy Corporation.
When in the above formula, R\ is anilino, R is morphilino and M is a cation such as sodium, the brightener is 4,4'-bis[(4-anilino-6-moφhilino-s-triazine-2-yl)amino]2,2'- stilbenedisulfonic acid, sodium salt. This particular brightener species is commercially marketed under the tradename Tinopal AMS-GX by Ciba Geigy Coφoration. The specific optical brightener species selected for use in the present invention provide especially effective dye transfer inhibition performance benefits when used in combination with the selected polymeric dye transfer inhibiting agents hereinbefore described. The combination of such selected polymeric materials (e.g., PVNO and/or PVPVI) with such selected optical brighteners (e.g., Tinopal UNPA-GX, Tinopal 5BM- GX and/or Tinopal AMS-GX) provides significantly better dye transfer inhibition in aqueous wash solutions than does either of these two granular composition components when used alone. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that such brighteners work this way because they have high affinity for fabrics in the wash solution and therefore deposit relatively quick on these fabrics. The extent to which brighteners deposit on fabrics in the wash solution can be defined by a parameter called the "exhaustion coefficient". The exhaustion coefficient is in general as the ratio of a) the brightener material deposited on fabric to b) the initial brightener concentration in the wash liquor. Brighteners with relatively high exhaustion coefficients are the most suitable for inhibiting dye transfer in the context of the present invention.
Of course, it will be appreciated that other, conventional optical brightener types of compounds can optionally be used in the present compositions to provide conventional fabric "brightness" benefits, rather than a true dye transfer inhibiting effect. Such usage is conventional and well-known to detergent formulations.
Suds Suppressors - Compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can be incoφorated into the compositions of the present invention. Suds suppression can be of particular importance in the so-called "high concentration cleaning process" as described in U.S. 4,489,455 and 4,489,574 and in front-loading European-style washing machines.
A wide variety of materials may be used as suds suppressors, and suds suppressors are well known to those skilled in the art. See, for example, Kirk Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, Third Edition, Volume 7, pages 430-447 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979). One category of suds suppressor of particular interest encompasses monocarboxylic fatty acid and soluble salts therein. See U.S. Patent 2,954,347, issued September 27, 1960 to Wayne St. John. The monocarboxylic fatty acids and salts thereof used as suds suppressor typically have hydrocarbyl chains of 10 to about 24 carbon atoms, preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms. Suitable salts include the alkali metal salts such as sodium, potassium, and lithium salts, and ammonium and alkanolammonium salts.
The compositions herein may also contain non-surfactant suds suppressors. These include, for example: high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic
Cιg-C40 ketones (e.g., stearone), etc. Other suds inhibitors include N-alkylated amino triazines such as tri- to hexa-alkylmelamines or di- to tetra-alkyldiamine chlortriazines formed as products of cyanuric chloride with two or three moles of a primary or secondary amine containing 1 to 24 carbon atoms, propylene oxide, and monostearyl phosphates such as monostearyl alcohol phosphate ester and monostearyl di-alkali metal (e.g., K, Na, and Li) phosphates and phosphate esters. The hydrocarbons such as paraffin and haloparaffin can be utilized in liquid form. The liquid hydrocarbons will be liquid at room temperature and atmospheric pressure, and will have a pour point in the range of about -40°C and about 50°C, and a minimum boiling point not less than about 110°C (atmospheric pressure). It is also known to utilize waxy hydrocarbons, preferably having a melting point below about 100°C. The hydrocarbons constitute a preferred category of suds suppressor for detergent compositions. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are described, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al. The hydrocarbons, thus, include aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbons having from about 12 to about 70 carbon atoms. The term "paraffin," as used in this suds suppressor discussion, is intended to include mixtures of true paraffins and cyclic hydrocarbons.
Another preferred category of non-surfactant suds suppressors comprises silicone suds suppressors. This category includes the use of polyorganosiloxane oils, such as polydimethylsiloxane, dispersions or emulsions of polyorganosiloxane oils or resins, and combinations of polyorganosiloxane with silica particles wherein the polyorganosiloxane is chemisorbed or fused onto the silica. Silicone suds suppressors are well known in the art and are, for example, disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,265,779, issued May 5, 1981 to Gandolfo et al and European Patent Application No. 89307851.9, published February 7, 1990, by Starch, M. S. Other silicone suds suppressors are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,455,839 which relates to compositions and processes for defoaming aqueous solutions by incoφorating therein small amounts of polydimethylsiloxane fluids.
Mixtures of silicone and silanated silica are described, for instance, in German Patent Application DOS 2,124,526. Silicone defoamers and suds controlling agents in granular detergent compositions are disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,933,672, Bartolotta et al, and in U.S. Patent 4,652,392, Baginski et al, issued March 24, 1987. An exemplary silicone based suds suppressor for use herein is a suds suppressing amount of a suds controlling agent consisting essentially of:
(i) polydimethylsiloxane fluid having a viscosity of from about 20 cs. to about 1,500 cs. at 25°C; (ii) from about 5 to about 50 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of siloxane resin composed of (CH3)3SiOι/2 units of SiO2 units in a ratio of from
(CH3)3 SiOι/2 units and to SiO2 units of from about 0.6:1 to about 1.2:1; and (iii) from about 1 to about 20 parts per 100 parts by weight of (i) of a solid silica gel.
In the preferred silicone suds suppressor used herein, the solvent for a continuous phase is made up of certain polyethylene glycols or polyethylene-polypropylene glycol copolymers or mixtures thereof (preferred), or polypropylene glycol. The primary silicone suds suppressor is branched/crosslinked and preferably not linear. To illustrate this point further, typical liquid laundry detergent compositions with controlled suds will optionally comprise from about 0.001 to about 1, preferably from about 0.01 to about 0.7, most preferably from about 0.05 to about 0.5, weight % of said silicone uds suppressor, which comprises (1) a nonaqueous emulsion of a primary antifoam agent which is a mixture of (a) a polyorganosiloxane, (b) a resinous siloxane or a silicone resin-producing silicone compound, (c) a finely divided filler material, and (d) a catalyst to promote the reaction of mixture components (a), (b) and (c), to form silanolates; (2) at least one nonionic silicone surfactant; and (3) polyethylene glycol or a copolymer of polyethylene-polypropylene glycol having a solubility in water at room temperature of more than about 2 weight %; and without polypropylene glycol. Similar amounts can be used in granular compositions, gels, etc. See also U.S. Patents 4,978,471, Starch, issued December 18, 1990, and 4,983,316, Starch, issued January 8, 1991, 5,288,431, Huber et al., issued February 22, 1994, and U.S. Patents 4,639,489 and 4,749,740, Aizawa et al at column 1, line 46 through column 4, line 35.
The silicone suds suppressor herein preferably comprises polyethylene glycol and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, all having an average molecular weight of less than about 1,000, preferably between about 100 and 800. The polyethylene glycol and polyethylene/polypropylene copolymers herein have a solubility in water at room temperature of more than about 2 weight %, preferably more than about 5 weight %.
The preferred solvent herein is polyethylene glycol having an average molecular weight of less than about 1,000, more preferably between about 100 and 800, most preferably between 200 and 400, and a copolymer of polyethylene glycol/polypropylene glycol, preferably PPG 200/PEG 300. Preferred is a weight ratio of between about 1 :1 and 1 :10, most preferably between 1:3 and 1 :6, of polyethylene glycol: copolymer of polyethylene-polypropylene glycol. The preferred silicone suds suppressors used herein do not contain polypropylene glycol, particularly of 4,000 molecular weight. They also preferably do not contain block copolymers of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide, like PLURONIC L101.
Other suds suppressors useful herein comprise the secondary alcohols (e.g., 2- alkyl alkanols) and mixtures of such alcohols with silicone oils, such as the silicones disclosed in U.S. 4,798,679, 4,075,118 and EP 150,872. The secondary alcohols include the Cg-Cjg alkyl alcohols having a Cj-Cjg chain. A preferred alcohol is 2-butyl octanol, which is available from Condea under the trademark ISOFOL 12. Mixtures of secondary alcohols are available under the trademark ISALCHEM 123 from Enichem. Mixed suds suppressors typically comprise mixtures of alcohol + silicone at a weight ratio of 1:5 to 5:1.
For any granular compositions to be used in automatic laundry washing machines, suds should not form to the extent that they overflow the washing machine. Suds suppressors, when utilized, are preferably present in a "suds suppressing amount. By "suds suppressing amount" is meant that the formulator of the composition can select an amount of this suds controlling agent that will sufficiently control the suds to result in a low-sudsing granular detergent for use in automatic laundry washing machines.
The compositions herein may comprise from 0% to about 10%> of suds suppressor. When utilized as suds suppressors, monocarboxylic fatty acids, and salts therein, will be present typically in amounts up to about 5%, by weight, of the detergent composition. Preferably, from about 0.5% to about 3% of fatty monocarboxylate suds suppressor is utilized. Silicone suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts up to about 2.0%, by weight, of the detergent composition, although higher amounts may be used. This upper limit is practical in nature, due primarily to concern with keeping costs minimized and effectiveness of lower amounts for effectively controlling sudsing. Preferably from about 0.01% to about 1% of silicone suds suppressor is used, more preferably from about 0.25% to about 0.5%). As used herein, these weight percentage values include any silica that may be utilized in combination with polyorganosiloxane, as well as any adjunct materials that may be utilized. Monostearyl phosphate suds suppressors are generally utilized in amounts ranging from about 0.1% to about 2%, by weight, of the composition. Hydrocarbon suds suppressors are typically utilized in amounts ranging from about 0.01% to about 5.0%, although higher levels can be used. The alcohol suds suppressors are typically used at 0.2%-3% by weight of the finished compositions.
Alkoxylated Polycarboxylates - Alkoxylated polycarboxylates such as those prepared from polyacrylates are useful herein to provide additional grease removal performance. Such materials are described in WO 91/08281 and PCT 90/01815 at p. 4 et seq., incoφorated herein by reference. Chemically, these materials comprise polyacrylates having one ethoxy side-chain per every 7-8 acrylate units. The side-chains are of the formula -(CH2CH2O)m(CH )nCH3 wherein m is 2-3 and n is 6-12. The side- chains are ester-linked to the polyacrylate "backbone" to provide a "comb" polymer type structure. The molecular weight can vary, but is typically in the range of about 2000 to about 50,000. Such alkoxylated polycarboxylates can comprise from about 0.05% to about 10%, by weight, of the compositions herein.
Fabric Softeners - Various through-the-wash fabric softeners, especially the impalpable smectite clays of U.S. Patent 4,062,647, Storm and Nirschl, issued December 13, 1977, as well as other softener clays known in the art, can optionally be used typically at levels of from about 0.5% to about 10% by weight in the present compositions to provide fabric softener benefits concurrently with fabric cleaning. Clay softeners can be used in combination with amine and cationic softeners as disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent 4,375,416, Crisp et al, March 1 , 1983 and U.S. Patent 4,291,071, Harris et al, issued September 22, 1981. The compositions of the present invention may be of an physical form, depending upon the end use of the composition. Typically, the compositions of the present invention may be in the form of liquid, liquid-gel, gel, thixatropic gel, powder, granule (such as, high bulk density granules, or the so-called "fluffy" granules), paste, tablet, bar and the like.
Similarly, the compositions of the present invention can be used in a variety of different applications. Such compositions would include, hard surface cleaners, bleaches, automatic dishwashing, LDL's, HDL's (both aqueous and non-aqueous), heavy duty laundry compositions, laundry-pretreaters, fabric softeners, shampoos, personal cleansers and the like. The compositions of the present invention are especially suitable for use in automatic dishwashing, bleaches and HDL compositions. The compositions of the present invention may be in the form of a personal cleansing compositions or shampoos. Typically these compositions contain a shampoo composition adjunct ingredient which is preferably selected from anti-dandruf agents (preferably platelet pyridinethione salt crystals, sulfur, octopirox, selenium sulfide, ketoconazole and pyridinethione salts), co-surfactants (preferably selected from anionic surfactant, nonionic surfactant, cationic surfactant, amphoteric surfactant, zwitterionic surfactants, and mixtures thereof), silicone hair conditioning agent, polyalkylene glycols, suspending agent, water, water soluble cationic polymeric conditioning agents, hydrocarbon conditioning agents, foam boosters, preservatives, thickeners, cosurfactants, dyes, perfumes, solvents, styling polymers, anti-static agents, deposition polymers, styling polymers and solvent, dispersed phase polymers, non-volatile hydrocarbons conditioning agents, silicone conditioning agents, suspending agent, cationic spresading agents phase seperation initiators and pediculocides and mixtures thereof. These and other suitable materials for incoφoration into the shampoo compositions can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/061,975 filed on October 17, 1997 (Docket No. 6882P), and 60/061,916 filed on October 17, 1997 (Docket No. 6884P).
The compositions of the present invention can also be in the form of LDL compositions. These LDL compositions include, inaddition to those detailed previously, additives typically used in LDL formulations, such as diamines, divalent ions, suds boosting polymers, soil release polymers, polymeric dispersants, polysaccharides, abrasives, bactericides, tarnish inhibitors, builders, enzymes, dyes, perfumes, thickeners, antioxidants, processing aids, suds boosters, buffers, antifungal or mildew control agents, insect repellants, anti-corrosive aids, and chelants.
The compositions of the present invention may be in the form of a non- aqueous, liquid, heavy-duty detergent compositions in the form of a stable suspension of solid, substantially insoluble particulate material dispersed throughout a structured, surfactant- containing liquid phase.
Suitable types of non-aqueous surfactant liquids which can be used to form the liquid phase of the compositions herein include the alkoxylated alcohols, ethylene oxide (EO)-propylene oxide (PO) block polymers, polyhydroxy fatty acid amides, alkylpolysaccharides, and the like.
The liquid phase of the HDL compositions herein may also comprise one or more non-surfactant, non-aqueous organic solvents. Suitable types of low-polarity solvents useful in the non-aqueous liquid detergent compositions herein do include non-vicinal C4-Cg alkylene glycols, alkylene glycol mono lower alkyl ethers, lower molecular weight polyethylene glycols, lower molecular weight methyl esters and amides, and the like.
Mixtures of non-surfactant, non-aqueous organic solvents and non-aqueous surfactant liquids are also contemplated.
The non-aqueous liquid phase of the HDL compositions of this invention is prepared by combining with the non-aqueous organic liquid diluents hereinbefore described a surfactant which is generally, but not necessarily, selected to add structure to the non-aqueous liquid phase of the detergent compositions herein. Structuring surfactants can be of the anionic, nonionic, cationic, and/or amphoteric types.
The most preferred type of anionic surfactant for use as a structurant in the HDL compositions herein comprises the linear alkyl benzene sulfonate (LAS) surfactants. The non-aqueous HDL compositions herein preferably comprise a solid phase particulate material which is dispersed and suspended within the liquid phase. Generally such particulate material will range in size from about 0.1 to 1500 microns, more preferably from about 0.1 to 900 microns. Most preferably, such material will range in size from about 5 to 200 microns. As it was mentioned previously the surfactants of the present invention may be included in a fabric softening composition. Suitable materials for incoφoration into the fabric softening compositions in addition to the surfactants of the present invention can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 5,830,845, granted on November 3, 1998; 5,929,025, granted on July 27, 1999; 5,877,745, granted on March 2, 1999; 5,977,055, granted on November 2, 1999; 5,854,200, granted on December 29, 1998; and 5,686,376, Rusche et al., granted on November 2, 1999.
The particulate material utilized herein can comprise one or more types of detergent composition components which in particulate form are substantially insoluble in the non- aqueous liquid phase of the composition. The types of particulate materials which can be utilized are described are peroxygen bleaching agent, organic builder, inorganic alkalinity source (preferably include water-soluble alkali metal carbonates, bicarbonates, borates, pyrophosphates, orthophosphates, polyphosphates phosphonates, silicates and metasilicates), colored speckles and mixtures therof.
The present invention also comprises aqueous based liquid detergent compositions. The aqueous liquid detergent compositions of the present invention comprise a surfactant system which preferably contains one or more detersive co-surfactants in addition to the branched surfactants disclosed above. The additional co- surfactants can be selected from nonionic detersive surfactant, anionic detersive surfactant, zwitterionic detersive surfactant, amine oxide detersive surfactant, and mixtures thereof. The surfactant system typically comprises from about 5% to about 70%, preferably from about 15% to about 30%, by weight of the detergent composition. These surfactants are hereinbefore described.
In addition to the liquid and solid phase components as hereinbefore described, the aqueous and non-aqueous based detergent compositions can, and preferably will, contain various other optional components. Such optional components may be in either liquid or solid form. The optional components may either dissolve in the liquid phase or may be dispersed within the liquid phase in the form of fine particles or droplets. Suitable optional material includes for example chelating agents, enzymes, builders, bleach catalysts, bleach activators, thickeners, viscosity control agents and/or dispersing agents suds boosters, liquid bleach activator, dye transfer inhibitors, solvents, suds suppressors, structure elasticizing agent, anti redeposition agents, to exemplify but a few possible optional ingredients. Some of the materials which may optionally be utilized in the compositions herein are described in greater detail. Further details on suitable adjunct ingredients to HDL compositions, methods of preparing same and use in the compositions can be found in U.S. Patent applications Serial Nos. 60/062,087 (Docket No. 6876P), and 60/061,924 (Docket No. 6877P). Other Ingredients - The detergent compositions will further preferably comprise one or more detersive adjuncts selected from the following: electrolytes (such as sodium chloride), polysaccharides, abrasives, bactericides, tarnish inhibitors, dyes, antifungal or mildew control agents, insect repellents, perfumes, hydrotropes, thickeners, processing aids, suds boosters, anti-corrosive aids, stabilizers and antioxidants. A wide variety of other ingredients useful in detergent compositions can be included in the compositions herein, including other active ingredients, carriers, hydrotropes, antioxidants, processing aids, dyes or pigments, solvents for liquid formulations, etc. If high sudsing is desired, suds boosters such as the Cjo-Ci g alkanolamides can be incoφorated into the compositions, typically at 1%-10% levels. The C10-C14 monoethanol and diethanol amides illustrate a typical class of such suds boosters. Use of such suds boosters with high sudsing adjunct surfactants such as the amine oxides, betaines and sultaines noted above is also advantageous.
An antioxidant can be optionally added to the detergent compositions of the present invention. They can be any conventional antioxidant used in detergent compositions, such as 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-mefhylphenol (BHT), carbamate, ascorbate, thiosulfate, monoethanolamine(MEA), diethanolamine, triethanolamine, etc. It is preferred that the antioxidant, when present, be present in the composition from about 0.001% to about 5% by weight.
Various detersive ingredients employed in the present compositions optionally can be further stabilized by absorbing said ingredients onto a porous hydrophobic substrate, then coating said substrate with a hydrophobic coating. Preferably, the detersive ingredient is admixed with a surfactant before being absorbed into the porous substrate. In use, the detersive ingredient is released from the substrate into the aqueous washing liquor, where it performs its intended detersive function. To illustrate this technique in more detail, a porous hydrophobic silica (trademark
SIPERNAT D10, DeGussa) is admixed with a proteolytic enzyme solution containing 3%-5% of C13.15 ethoxylated alcohol (EO 7) nonionic surfactant. Typically, the enzyme/surfactant solution is 2.5 X the weight of silica. The resulting powder is dispersed with stirring in silicone oil (various silicone oil viscosities in the range of 500- 12,500 can be used). The resulting silicone oil dispersion is emulsified or otherwise added to the final detergent matrix. By this means, ingredients such as the aforementioned enzymes, bleaches, bleach activators, bleach catalysts, photoactivators, dyes, fluorescers, fabric conditioners and hydrolyzable surfactants can be "protected" for use in detergents, including liquid laundry detergent compositions.
Further, the compositions may optionally comprises a hydrotrope. Suitable hydrotropes include sodium, potassium, ammonium or water-soluble substituted ammonium salts of toluene sulfonic acid, naphthalene sulfonic acid, cumene sulfonic acid, xylene sulfonic acid.
The manufacture of LDL compositions which comprise a non-aqueous carrier medium can be prepared according to the disclosures of U.S. Patents 4,753,570; 4,767,558; 4,772,413; 4,889,652; 4,892,673; GB-A-2.158,838; GB-A-2,195,125; GB-A- 2,195,649; U.S. 4,988,462; U.S. 5,266,233; EP-A-225,654 (6/16/87); EP-A-510,762 (10/28/92); EP-A-540,089 (5/5/93); EP-A-540,090 (5/5/93); U.S. 4,615,820; EP-A- 565,017 (10/13/93); EP-A-030,096 (6/10/81), incoφorated herein by reference. Such compositions can contain various particulate detersive ingredients stably suspended therein. Such non-aqueous compositions thus comprise a LIQUID PHASE and, optionally but preferably, a SOLID PHASE, all as described in more detail hereinafter and in the cited references.
The LDL compositions of this invention can be used to form aqueous washing solutions for use hand dishwashing. Generally, an effective amount of such LDL compositions is added to water to form such aqueous cleaning or soaking solutions. The aqueous solution so formed is then contacted with the dishware, tableware, and cooking utensils.
An effective amount of the LDL compositions herein added to water to form aqueous cleaning solutions can comprise amounts sufficient to form from about 500 to 20,000 ppm of composition in aqueous solution. More preferably, from about 800 to 5,000 ppm of the detergent compositions herein will be provided in aqueous cleaning liquor.
The mean particle size of the components of granular compositions in accordance with the invention should preferably be such that no more that 5% of particles are greater than 1.7mm in diameter and not more than 5% of particles are less than 0.15mm in diameter.
The term mean particle size as defined herein is calculated by sieving a sample of the composition into a number of fractions (typically 5 fractions) on a series of Tyler sieves. The weight fractions thereby obtained are plotted against the aperture size of the sieves. The mean particle size is taken to be the aperture size through which 50% by weight of the sample would pass.
The granular laundry compositions in accordance with the present invention typically has a bulk density of from 100 g/litre to 1400 g/litre, more preferably from 300 g/litre to 1200 g/litre, from 650 g/litre to 1000 g/litre. High Density Detergent Composition Processes
Various means and equipment are available to prepare high density (i.e., greater than about 550, preferably greater than about 650, grams/liter or "g/l"), high solubility, free-flowing, granular detergent compositions according to the present invention. Current commercial practice in the field employs spray-drying towers to manufacture granular laundry detergents which often have a density less than about 500 g/l. In this procedure, an aqueous slurry of various heat-stable ingredients in the final detergent composition are formed into homogeneous granules by passage through a spray-drying tower, using conventional techniques, at temperatures of about 175°C to about 225°C. However, if spray drying is used as part of the overall process herein, additional or alternative process steps as described hereinafter must be used to obtain the level of density (i.e., > 650 g/l) required by modern compact, low dosage detergent products.
For example, spray-dried granules from a tower can be densified further by loading a liquid such as water or a nonionic surfactant into the pores of the granules and/or subjecting them to one or more high speed mixer/densifiers. A suitable high speed mixer/densifier for this process is a device marketed under the tradename "Lodige CB 30" or "Lodige CB 30 Recycler" which comprises a static cylindrical mixing drum having a central rotating shaft with mixing/cutting blades mounted thereon. In use, the ingredients for the detergent composition are introduced into the drum and the shaft/blade assembly is rotated at speeds in the range of 100-2500 φm to provide thorough mixing/densification. See Jacobs et al, U.S. Patent 5,149,455, issued September 22, 1992, and U.S. Patent 5,565,422, issued October 15, 1996 to Del Greco et al. Other such apparatus includes the devices marketed under the tradename "Shugi Granulator" and under the tradename "Drais K-TTP 80).
Another process step which can be used to densify further spray-dried granules involves treating the spray-dried granules in a moderate speed mixer/densifier. Equipment such as that marketed under the tradename "Lodige KM" (Series 300 or 600) or "Lodige Ploughshare" mixer/densifiers are suitable for this process step. Such equipment is typically operated at 40-160 φm. The residence time of the detergent ingredients in the moderate speed mixer/densifier is from about 0.1 to 12 minutes conveniently measured by dividing the steady state mixer/densifier weight by the throughput (e.g., Kg/hr). Other useful equipment includes the device which is available under the tradename "Drais K-T 160". This process step which employs a moderate speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige KM) can be used by itself or sequentially with the aforementioned high speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige CB) to achieve the desired density. Other types of granules manufacturing apparatus useful herein include the apparatus disclosed in U.S. Patent 2,306,898, to G. L. Heller, December 29, 1942.
While it may be more suitable to use the high speed mixer/densifier followed by the low speed mixer/densifier, the reverse sequential mixer/densifier configuration also can be used. One or a combination of various parameters including residence times in the mixer/densifiers, operating temperatures of the equipment, temperature and/or composition of the granules, the use of adjunct ingredients such as liquid binders and flow aids, can be used to optimize densification of the spray-dried granules in the process of the invention. By way of example, see the processes in Appel et al, U.S. Patent 5,133,924, issued July 28, 1992; Delwel et al, U.S. Patent 4,637,891, issued January 20, 1987; Kruse et al, U.S. Patent 4,726,908, issued February 23, 1988; and, Bortolotti et al, U.S. Patent 5,160,657, issued November 3, 1992. In those situations in which particularly heat sensitive or highly volatile detergent ingredients are to be incoφorated into the final detergent composition, processes which do not include spray drying towers are preferred. The formulator can eliminate the spray- drying step by feeding, in either a continuous or batch mode, starting detergent ingredients directly into mixing equipment that is commercially available. One particularly preferred embodiment involves charging a surfactant paste and an anhydrous material into a high speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige CB) followed by a moderate speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige KM) to form high density detergent agglomerates. See Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,366,652, issued November 22, 1994 and Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,486,303, issued January 23, 1996. Optionally, the liquid/solids ratio of the starting detergent ingredients in such a process can be selected to obtain high density agglomerates that are more free flowing and crisp. See Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,565,137, issued October 15, 1996.
Optionally, the process may include one or more recycle streams of undersized particles produced by the process which are fed back to the mixer/densifiers for further agglomeration or build-up. The oversized particles produced by this process can be sent to grinding apparatus and then fed back to the mixing/densifying equipment. These additional recycle process steps facilitate build-up agglomeration of the starting detergent ingredients resulting in a finished composition having a uniform distribution of the desired particle size (400-700 microns) and density (> 550 g/l). See Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,516,448, issued May 14, 1996 and Capeci et al, U.S. Patent 5,489,392, issued February 6, 1996. Other suitable processes which do not call for the use of spray-drying towers are described by Bollier et al, U.S. Patent 4,828,721, issued May 9, 1989; Beerse et al, U.S. Patent 5,108,646, issued April 28, 1992; and, Jolicoeur, U.S. Patent 5,178,798, issued January 12, 1993.
In yet another embodiment, a high density detergent composition using a fluidized bed mixer. In this process, the various ingredients of the finished composition are combined in an aqueous slurry (typically 80% solids content) and sprayed into a fluidized bed to provide the finished detergent granules. Prior to the fluidized bed, this process can optionally include the step of mixing the slurry using the aforementioned Lodige CB mixer/densifier or a "Flexomix 160" mixer/densifier, available from Shugi. Fluidized bed or moving beds of the type available under the tradename "Escher Wyss" can be used in such processes.
Another suitable process which can be used herein involves feeding a liquid acid precursor of an anionic surfactant, an alkaline inorganic material (e.g. sodium carbonate) and optionally other detergent ingredients into a high speed mixer/densifier so as to form particles containing a partially or totally neutralized anionic surfactant salt and the other starting detergent ingredients. Optionally, the contents in the high speed mixer/densifier can be sent to a moderate speed mixer/densifier (e.g. Lodige KM) for further mixing resulting in the finished high density detergent composition. See Appel et al, U.S. Patent 5 , 164, 108 , issued November 17 , 1992.
Optionally, high density detergent compositions according to the invention can be produced by blending conventional or densified spray-dried detergent granules with detergent agglomerates in various proportions (e.g. a 60:40 weight ratio of granules to agglomerates) produced by one or a combination of the processes discussed herein. See U.S. Patent 5,569,645, issued October 29, 1996 to Dinniwell et al. Additional adjunct ingredients such as enzymes, perfumes, brighteners and the like can be sprayed or admixed with the agglomerates, granules or mixtures thereof produced by the processes discussed herein. Laundry washing method Machine laundry methods herein typically comprise treating soiled laundry with an aqueous wash solution in a washing machine having dissolved or dispensed therein an effective amount of a machine laundry detergent composition in accord with the invention. By an effective amount of the detergent composition it is here meant from 40g to 300g of product dissolved or dispersed in a wash solution of volume from 5 to 65 litres, as are typical product dosages and wash solution volumes commonly employed in conventional machine laundry methods.
As noted, surfactants are used herein in detergent compositions, preferably in combination with other detersive surfactants, at levels which are effective for achieving at least a directional improvement in cleaning performance. In the context of a fabric laundry composition, such "usage levels" can vary widely, depending not only on the type and severity of the soils and stains, but also on the wash water temperature, the volume of wash water and the type of washing machine. Packaging for the compositions
Commercially marketed executions of the compositions can be packaged in any suitable container including those constructed from paper, cardboard, plastic materials and any suitable laminates. A preferred packaging execution is described in European Application No. 94921505.7.
The compositions herein may be packaged in a variety of suitable detergent packaging known to those skilled in the art. The liquid compositions are preferably packaged in conventional detergent plastic bottles.
The following examples are illustrative of the present invention, but are not meant to limit or otherwise define its scope. All parts, percentages and ratios used herein are expressed as percent weight unless otherwise specified.
EXAMPLES Example 1
Figure imgf000086_0001
Preparation of CnH23EO7BO2-2-ethylhexyl acetal
Neodol 1-7 (20.00 g, 41.6 mmol) is placed into a 500 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After releasing the vacuum with argon, sodium metal (0.05 g, 2.1 mmol) is added and the mixture stirred for 1 h at 120°C. After increasing the reaction temperature to 140°C, 1,2-epoxybutane (6.00 g, 83.2 mmol) is added dropwise over 30 minutes. After the addition is complete the mixture is stirred for an additional 1 h at 140°C. The solution is cooled to 90°C and neutralized with concentrated HCI. After removing water and the last traces of 1,2-epoxybutane under vacuum and cooling to ambient, methylene chloride (200 ml) and 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether (19.49 g, 124.7 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium jc-toluenesulfonate (0.42 g, 1.7 mmol) is added. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient. After diluting with diethyl ether (200 ml), the mixture is washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer dried with sodium sulfate/potassium carbonate. The product was concentrated by rotary evaporation and dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium carbonate to yield a yellow liquid. Example 2 Examples 2(a) to (i) are illustrative of some of the possible catalysts, work up options and relative amounts the starting materials that can be used in the present invention. Example 2(a)
Figure imgf000087_0001
Preparation of C /nHι9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (100 ml) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (5.43 g, 43.01 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (0.43 g, 1.6 mmol) is introduced into the flask. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient. The product mixture is then washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer dried over sodium carbonate, concentrated by rotary evaporation and further stripped under vacuum at 60°C (0.1 mmHg) in the presence of potassium carbonate to yield a liquid. Example 2(b)
Figure imgf000087_0002
Preparation of C /nHι9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (0.43 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is filtered to yield a liquid. Example 2(c)
Figure imgf000088_0001
Preparation of C /nHι9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (0.43 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is separated from the catalyst by centrifugation to yield a liquid. Example 2(d)
Figure imgf000088_0002
Preparation of C /πHι9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (0.43 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is washed with 20% potassium carbonate solution, dried and filtered to yield a liquid. Example 2(e)
Figure imgf000088_0003
Preparation of C8/ioHn/2iEO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Alcohol ethoxylate C8 ιoHι /2iEO8 (20.00 g, 40.2 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium chloride) (2.0 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (5.07 g, 40.2 mmol) is added. The mixture is heated to 70-95°C overnight. The product mixture is filtered to yield a liquid. Example 2(f)
Figure imgf000089_0001
Preparation of C9/nHι9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) and poly(4-vinylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate) (7.82 g) are introduced into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, acetone (150 mL) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.94 g, 39.1 mmol) are added. The mixture is stirred for three days, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporation to yield a liquid. Example 2(g)
Figure imgf000089_0002
Preparation of C9/nHι9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (100 ml) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (4.84 g, 38.4 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) is introduced into the flask. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient. The product mixture is then washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer dried over sodium carbonate, concentrated by rotary evaporation and further stripped under vacuum at 60°C (0.1 mmHg) in the presence of potassium carbonate to yield a liquid. Example 2(h)
Figure imgf000090_0001
Preparation of C9/nH]9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 91-8 (20.00 g, 39.1 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient, cyclohexyl vinyl ether (5.04 g, 39.9 mmol) is added. />-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.1 12 g, 0.59 mmol) is added to the mixture and stirred to dissolve. An exotherm is observed starting from 22°C and ending at 30°C, with the development of a precipitate. After 16 minutes of reaction time, the reaction pH is adjusted to >7 with triethanolamine, filtered and then stripped, in a Kugelrohr oven (50°C, 0.1 mm Hg) to yield a quantitative amount of a near colorless liquid. Example 2(i)
Figure imgf000090_0002
Preparation of C9/nHι9/23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal Neodol 91-8 (900.0 g, 1.76 mol) is placed into a 3 L three-necked rounded bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantel, mechanical stirrer, internal thermometer, and vacuum/argon take-off adapter. The contents are dried under vacuum at 80 °C for 30 min. A portion of the dry Neodol 91-8 (20 g) is set aside after the contents are cooled to room temperature. Cyclohexylvinyl ether (217.82 g, 1.73 mol) is then added to the reaction mixture. The reagents are cooled to about 10 °C at which point methanesulfonic acid (1.80 mL) and the 20 g portion of Neodol set aside are combined and added to the reaction mixture via syringe, subsurface, in one portion. The reaction mixture exotherms, ice bath controlled, to 22 °C. After lh, the mixture is quenched with 15% sodium carbonate solution (35 mL). The mixture is placed under vacuum by stripping in a Kugelrohr oven (25 °C, 0.1 mm Hg) for 10 min. The product is filtered to yield a quantitative amount of a near colorless liquid. Example 3
Figure imgf000091_0001
Preparation of C /πHι /23EO8-cyclohexyl acetal
The procedure of Example 2(i) is repeated with the substitution of Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7. Example 4
Figure imgf000091_0002
Preparation of C9/nHι9/23EO8-benzyl acetal
The procedure of Example 3 is repeated with the substitution of benzyl vinyl ether for cyclohexyl vinyl ether. Example 5
Figure imgf000091_0003
Preparation of CnEO7-tert-amyl acetal
Neodol 1-7 (20.00 g, 41.6 mmol) is placed into a 1000 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (200 ml), tert-pentyl vinyl ether (14.24 g, 124.7 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium />-toluenesulfonate (0.42 g, 1.7 mmol) is added. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient. After diluting with diethyl ether (200 ml), the mixture is washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer dried with sodium sulfate/potassium carbonate. The product was concentrated by rotary evaporation and dried under vacuum in the presence of potassium carbonate to yield a nearly colorless liquid.
Example 6
Figure imgf000091_0004
Preparation of G ι/ιsH73 EOι?-2-efhylhexyl acetal The procedure of Example 2(i) is repeated with the substitution of 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether for cyclohexyl vinyl ether and Tergitol- 15-S- 12 for Neodol 1-7. Example 7
Figure imgf000092_0001
Preparation of C9/nEO8PO4-tert-amyl acetal
The procedure of Example 1 is repeated with the substitution of propylene oxide for 1,2 epoxybutane, tert-amyl vinyl ether for 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, and Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7.
Example 8
Figure imgf000092_0002
Preparation Cπ/i5H23/3ιEO Pθ2-cyclohexyl acetal
The procedure of Example 1 is repeated with the substitution of propylene oxide for 1,2- epoxybutane, cyclohexyl vinyl ether for 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether, and Tergitol 15-S-9 for Neodol 1-7. Example 9
Figure imgf000092_0003
Preparation of Ci2/i5EO BO]-cyclohexyl acetal The procedure of Example 1 is repeated with the substitution of cyclohexyl vinyl ether for 2-ethylhexyl vinyl ether and Neodol 25-9 for Neodol 1-7.
Example 10
Figure imgf000092_0004
Preparation of C9/nEO8-octadecyl acetal
The procedure of Example 2(b) is repeated with the substitution of octadecyl vinyl ether for cyclohexyl vinyl ether and Neodol 91-8 for Neodol 1-7. Example 11
Figure imgf000093_0001
Preparation of CπEO -cyclohexyl acetal
Neodol 1-7 (50.00 g, 104.0 mmol) is placed into a 1000 ml three-necked round-bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (500 ml) and cyclohexyl vinyl ether (6.55g, 51.9 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (1.04 g, 4.2 mmol) is introduced into the flask. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient. The product mixture is then washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer dried with magnesium sulfate, concentrated by rotary evaporation and further stripped under vacuum at 60°C (0.1 mmHg) to yield a red/brown liquid.
Example 12
Figure imgf000093_0002
Preparation of Ci2/ι5EOi2-ethyl acetal
Neodol 25-12 (76.61 g, 104.0 mmol) is placed into a 1000 ml three-necked round- bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantle, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer and argon inlet and dried under vacuum at 75°C. After cooling to ambient and releasing the vacuum with argon, methylene chloride (500 ml) and ethyl vinyl ether (7.50, 104.0 mmol) are added. The mixture is cooled to 0°C and pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (1.04 g, 4.2 mmol) is introduced into the flask. The mixture is first stirred 4 h at 0°C and then 18 h at ambient. The product mixture is then washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate and the organic layer dried with magnesium sulfate, concentrated by rotary evaporation and further stripped under vacuum at 60°C (0.1 mmHg) to yield a red/brown liquid. Example 13
Figure imgf000094_0001
Preparation of Cn/ι5H23/3ιEOι5-cyclohexyl acetal
Tergitol 15-S-15 (100.0 g, 193.8 mmol) is placed into a 250 ml three-necked round- bottomed flask, fitted with a heating mantel, magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer, and vacuum/argon take-off adapter. The contents are dried under vacuum at 80 °C for 10 min. A portion of the dry Tergitol 15-S-15 (2 g) is set aside after the contents are cooled to room temperature. Cyclohexyl vinyl ether (24.21 g, 191.9 mmol) is then added to the reaction mixture. The reagents are cooled to about 15 °C at which point methanesulfonic acid (0.28 g, 2.9 mmol) and the 2 g portion of Tergitol 15-S-15 set aside are combined and added to the reaction mixture via syringe, subsurface and in one portion. The reaction mixture exotherms to 40 °C. After 5 minutes, the reaction pH is adjusted to >7 with 15% sodium carbonate. The mixture is placed under vacuum by stripping in a Kugelrohr oven (50 °C, 0.1 mm Hg) for 10 min. The product is filtered to yield a quantitative amount of a near colorless liquid.
The following examples are illustrative of the present invention, but are not meant to limit or otherwise define its scope. All parts, percentages and ratios used herein are expressed as percent weight unless otherwise specified.
In the following Examples, the abbreviations for the various ingredients used for the compositions have the following meanings.
LAS Sodium linear Ci 2 alkyl benzene sulfonate
MBASx Mid-chain branched primary alkyl (average total carbons = x) sulfate MBAExSz Mid-chain branched primary alkyl (average total carbons = z) ethoxylate (average EO = x) sulfate, sodium salt MBAEX Mid-chain branched primary alkyl (average total carbons = x) ethoxylate (average EO = 8) TF AA C 16- 18 alkyl N-methyl glucamide CxyEzS Sodium Ci X-Ci y branched alkyl sulfate condensed with z moles of ethylene oxide
CxyFA Cι x-Cι y fatty acid CxyEz A C x_iy branched primary alcohol condensed with an average of z moles of ethylene oxide
C24 N-Me Glucamide Cι 2-Ci4 N-methyl glucamide
CxAPA Alkyl amido propyl amine Citric acid Anhydrous citric acid Carbonate Anhydrous sodium carbonate with a particle size between 200μm and 900μm
Citrate Tri-sodium citrate dihydrate of activity 86.4% with a particle size distribution between 425μm and 850 μm
Protease Proteolytic enzyme of activity 4KNPU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A S under the tradename Savinase Cellulase Cellulytic enzyme of activity 1000 CEVU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A S under the tradename Carezyme Amylase Amylolytic enzyme of activity 60KNU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A S under the tradename Termamyl 60T Lipase Lipolytic enzyme of activity 1 OOkLU/g sold by NOVO Industries
A S under the tradename Lipolase
Endolase Endoglunase enzyme of activity 3000 CEVU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A/S
PB1 Anhydrous sodium perborate bleach of nominal formula
NaBO2.H2O
NOBS Nonanoyloxybenzene sulfonate in the form of the sodium salt.
DTPMP Diethylene triamine penta (methylene phosphonate), marketed by Monsanto under the Trade name Dequest 2060
MEA Monoethanolamine
PG Propanediol
EtOH Ethanol Brightener 1 Disodium 4,4'-bis(2-sulphostyryl)biphenyl Brightener 2 Disodium 4,4'-bis(4-anilino-6-moφholino- 1.3.5 -triazin-2- yl)amino) stilbene-2:2'-disulfonate.
Silicone antifoam Polydimethylsiloxane foam controller with siloxane-oxyalkylene copolymer as dispersing agent with a ratio of said foam controller to said dispersing agent of 10: 1 to 100: 1.
NaOH Solution of sodium hydroxide DTPA Diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid
NaTS Sodium toluene sulfonic acid
Fatty Acid (C 12/ 14) C12-C14 fatty acid
Fatty Acid (TPK) Topped palm kernel fatty acid
Fatty Acid (RPS) Rapeseed fatty acid
Borax Na tetraborate decahydrate
PAA Polyacrylic Acid (mw = 4500)
PEG Polyethylene glycol (mw=4600)
MES Alkyl methyl ester sulfonate
SAS Secondary alkyl sulfate
NaPS Sodium paraffin sulfonate
C45AS Sodium C14-C15 linear alkyl sulfate
CxyAS Sodium Cι x-Cιy alkyl sulfate (or other salt if specified) AQA R2.N+(CH3)x((C2H4O)yH)z with R2 = Cg - C^ where x +z = 3, x = 0 to 3, z = 0 to 3, y = 1 to 15.
STPP Anhydrous sodium tripolyphosphate
Zeolite A Hydrated Sodium Aluminosilicate of formula
Nai 2(A102Siθ2)i2- 27H2O having a primary particle size in the range from 0.1 to 10 micrometers
NaSKS-6 Crystalline layered silicate of formula δ -Na2Si2θ5 Bicarbonate Anhydrous sodium bicarbonate with a particle size distribution between 400μm and 1200μm Silicate Amoφhous Sodium Silicate (SiO2:Na2O; 2.0 ratio) Sulfate Anhydrous sodium sulfate PAE ethoxylated tetraethylene pentamine PIE ethoxylated polyethylene imine PAEC methyl quaternized ethoxylated dihexylene triamine MA AA Copolymer of 1 :4 maleic/acrylic acid, average molecular weight about 70,000.
CMC Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Protease Proteolytic enzyme of activity 4KNPU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A/S under the tradename Savinase Cellulase Cellulytic enzyme of activity 1000 CEVU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A S under the tradename Carezyme
Amylase Amylolytic enzyme of activity 60KNU/g sold by NOVO
Industries A S under the tradename Termamyl 60T Lipase Lipolytic enzyme of activity 1 OOkLU/g sold by NOVO Industries
A S under the tradename Lipolase
Percarbonate Sodium Percarbonate of nominal formula 2Na2Cθ3-3H2θ2 NaDCC Sodium dichloroisocyanurate TAED Tetraacetylefhylenediamine DTPMP Diethylene triamine penta (methylene phosphonate), marketed by
Monsanto under Tradename Dequest 2060
Photoactivated bleach Sulfonated Zinc Phthalocyanine bleach encapsulated in dextrin soluble polymer
HEDP 1 , 1 -hydroxyethane diphosphonic acid SRP 1 Sulfobenzoyl end capped esters with oxyethylene oxy and terephthaloyl backbone
SRP 2 sulfonated ethoxylated terephthalate polymer
SRP 3 methyl capped ethoxylated terephthalate polymer
Isofol 16 Condea trademark for C16 (average) Guerbet alcohols
CaC12 Calcium chloride
MgC12 Magnesium chloride
DTPA Diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid EXAMPLES 14 to 14E: Nonaqueous Liquid Laundry Detergent compositions
Non-limiting examples of bleach-containing nonaqueous liquid laundry detergent are prepared as follows. Preparation of LAS Powder for Use as a Structurant
Sodium C12 linear alkyl benzene sulfonate (NaLAS) is processed into a powder containing two phases. One of these phases is soluble in the non-aqueous liquid detergent compositions herein and the other phase is insoluble. It is the insoluble fraction which serves to add structure and particle suspending capability to the non-aqueous phase of the compositions herein.
NaLAS powder is produced by taking a slurry of NaLAS in water (approximately 40-50% active) combined with dissolved sodium sulfate (3-15%) and hydrotrope, sodium sulfosuccinate (1-3%). The hydrotrope and sulfate are used to improve the characteristics of the dry powder. A drum dryer is used to dry the slurry into a flake. When the NaLAS is dried with the sodium sulfate, two distinct phases are created within the flake. The insoluble phase creates a network structure of aggregate small particles (0.4-2 um) which allows the finished non-aqueous detergent product to stably suspend solids.
The NaLAS powder prepared according to this example has the following makeup shown in Table I. TABLE I
LAS Powder
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Non-aqueous based heavy duty liquid laundry detergent compositions which comprise the capped nonionic surfactants of the present invention are presented below.
Figure imgf000099_0002
The resulting compositions are stable, anhydrous heavy-duty liquid laundry detergents, which provide excellent rates of mixing with water as well as good stain and soil removal performance when used in normal fabric laundering operations.
EXAMPLE 15: Hand Dishwashing Liquid compositions
The following Examples further illustrates the invention herein with respect to a hand dishwashing liquid.
Example 15: Ingredient % (wt.) Range (% wt.) Nonionic from either examples 11 5.0 1 - 20 or 12 MBAE2S15 2.0 0.5-10
Ammonium C12-13 alkyl sulfate 7.0 2-35
Cl2"C]4 ethoxy (1) sulfate 20.5 5-35 Coconut amine oxide 2.6 2-5
Betaine/Tetronic 704®** 0.87-0.10 0-2 (mix) Alcohol Ethoxylate C9.1 1 E9 1.0 0.5-10
Ammonium xylene sulfonate 4.0 1-6 Ethanol 4.0 0-7 Ammonium citrate 0.06 0-1.0 Magnesium chloride 3.3 0-4.0 Calcium chloride 2.5 0-4.0 Ammonium sulfate 0.08 0-4.0 Perfume 0.18 0-0.5 Maxatase® protease 0.50 0-1.0 Water and minors ■Balance- —
** Cocoalkyl betaine. EXAMPLES 16 to 20: Shampoo compositions
Example Number Component 16 17 18 19 20 Ammonium laureth-2 sulfate 5 3 2 10 8
Ammonium lauryl sulfate 5 5 4 5 8
Nonionic from example 3 2 0 0 4 7
Nonionic from example 6 0 3 0 0 0
Nonionic from example 9 0 0 4 1 0
Cocamide MEA 0 0.68 0.68 0.8 0
PEG 14M 0.1 0.35 0.5 0.1 0
Cocoamidopropylbetaine 2.5 2.5 0 0 1.5
Cetylalcohol 0.42 0.42 0.42 0.5 0.5
Stearylalcohol 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.2 0.18
Ethylene glycol distearate 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Dimethicone 1 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.0
Perfume solution 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45
DMDM hydantoin 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37
Color solution (ppm) 64 64 64 64 64
Water and minors q. s. to 100%
1. Dimethicone is a 40(gum)/60(fluid) weight ratio blend of SE-76 dimethicone gum available from General Electric Silicones Division and a dimethicone fluid having a viscosity of 350 centistokes.
EXAMPLES 21 to 36: Granular Laundry Detergents
The following laundry detergent compositions are prepared in accord with the invention:
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
The following laundry detergent compositions are prepared in accord with the invention:
Figure imgf000102_0002
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
The following laundry detergent compositions are prepared in accord with the invention:
Figure imgf000104_0002
Figure imgf000105_0001
EXAMPLES 37 to 44: Hard Surface Cleaners
The following compositions were made by mixing the listed ingredients in the listed proportions. These compositions were used neat to clean marble and dilute to clean lacquered wooden floors. Excellent cleaning and surface safety performance was observed.
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
Nonionic from example 7 3.0 - 1.0 - 3.2 - - -
Nonionic from example 1 - 3.0 2.0 - - - 4.0 8.0
Nonionic from example 9 - - 2.0 3.2 - 3.2 4.0 -
C23E3 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.5 3.0 3.5
C24E21 2.0 2.0 2.5 1.9 1.9 2.0 5.0 6.0
NaPS 2.0 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.0 1.7 3.0 2.5
NaTS 1.2 3.0 2.2 2.0 2.0 1.5 4.0 5.0
MgSO4 0.20 0.9 0.30 0.50 1.3 2.0 1.0 3.0
Citrate 0.3 1.0 0.5 0.75 1.8 3.0 1.5 6.0
NaHCO3 0.06 0.1 - 0.1 - 0.2 - -
Na2HPO4 - - 0.1 - 0.3 - - -
Na2H2P2O7 - - - - - - 0.2 0.5 pH 8.0 7.5 7.0 7.25 8.0 7.4 7.5 7.2
Water and Minors q.s. to 100% EXAMPLE 45
Automatic dishwashin ιg compositions:
Ingredients: Weight %
A B
Sodium Tripolyphosphate (STPP) 24.0 45.0
Sodium Carbonate 20.0 13.5
Hydrated 2. Or Silicate 15.0 13.5
Nonionic Surfactant1 3.0 3.0
Q Amine Oxide 1.0 1.0
Polymer2 4.0 —
Protease (4% active) 0.83 0.83
Amylase (0.8% active) 0.5 0.5
Perborate Monohydrate (15.5% active AvO)3 14.5 14.5
Cobalt Catalyst4 0.008 —
Dibenzoyl Peroxide (18% active) 4.4 4.4
Water, Sodium Sulfate, Misc. Balance Balance
Nonionic surfactant according to Example 1.
Teφolymer selected from either 60% acrylic acid/20% maleic acie/20% ethyl acrylate, or 70% acrylic acid/10% maleic acid/20% ethyl acrylate. 3 The AvO level of the above formula is 2.2%. 4 Pentaamineacetatocobalt(III) nitrate prepared as described hereinbefore; may be replaced by MnTacN.
The following examples further illustrate phosphate built ADD compositions which contain a bleach/enzyme particle, but are not intended to be limiting thereof. These compositions are suitable for use in the methods of the present invenetion. All percentages noted are by weight of the finished compositions, other than the perborate (monohydrate) component, which is listed as AvO.
EXAMPLES 46-47 Ingredients: Weight %
46 47
STPP 30.0 32.0
Na2CO3 30.5 20.5
2 R Silicate (SiO2) 8.0 4.0
Catalyst1 3.008 0.004
Savinase™ 12T — 1.1
Protease D 0.9 — Perborate (AvO) 5.0 0.7 Polymer 4.0 ~
Dibenzoyl Peroxide 0.2 0.15 Paraffin 0.5 0.5 Benzotriazole 0.10 0.3 Cι4 Amine Oxide 0.5 0.5
Nonionic Surfactant3 2.0 2.0
Sodium Sulfate, Moisture Rϋl;
Pentaamineacetatocobalt(HI) nitrate; may be replaced by MnTacN. 2 Polyacrylate or Acusol 480N or polyacrylate/polymethacrylate copolymers. 3 Nonionic surfactant according to Example 7.
In compositions of Examples 46 and 47, respectively, the catalyst and enzymes are introduced into the compositions as 200-2400 micron composite particles, which are prepared by, spray coating, fluidized bed granulation, marumarizing, prilling, or flaking/grinding operations. If desired, the protease and amylase enzymes may be separately formed into their respective catalyst/enzyme composite particles, for reasons of stability, and these separate compositions added to the compositions. The following examples further illustrate ADD granular compositions with chlorine bleach suitable for use in the methods of this present invention.
EXAMPLE 48-49 Ingredients: Weight %
48 49
STPP 25 31
Na2CO3 23.0 15.0
2 R Silicate (SiO2) 17.5 25.0
Hypochlorite 1.0 3.0
Polymer1 2.0
Dibenzoyl Peroxide 0.15
Paraffin 1.0 1.0
Cι4 Amine Oxide 0.5 1.0
Nonionic Surfactant 2.0 3.0
Sodium Sulfate, Moisture Balance
Polyacrylate or Acusol 480N or polyacrylate/polymethacrylate copolymers 3 Nonionic surfactant according to Example 8.
The following examples further illustrate ADD liquid-gel compositions suitable for use in the methods of this present invention.
EXAMPLES 50-51 Ingredients: Weight %
50 il
STPP 32.0 25.0
Na2CO3 0.7 2.0
2 R Silicate (SiO2) 0.3 1.0
Savinase™ 12T 2.0 1.0
Termamyl TM 1.4 0.5 Perborate (AvO) 3.5
C1 Amine Oxide 0.8 0.8
Nonionic Surfactant1 3.5 3.5
Sodium Sulfate, Moisture Balance
1 Nonionic surfactant according to Example 3.
The following examples further illustrate ADD rinse aid compositions suitable for use in the methods of this present invention.
EXAMPLES 52-53 Ingredients: Weight %
52 53
Citric Acid 10.0 15.0 Ethanol 5.0 10.0
HEDP Acid1 1.0 0.7
Sodium Cumene Sulfonate 15.0 10.0
Polymer2 ~ 1.0
C]4 Amine Oxide 2.0 0.5
Nonionic Surfactant3 8.0 8.0
Nonionic Surfactant4 6.0
Moisture Rsk
1 1 -Hydroxyethylidene- 1 , 1 -diphoshonic acid
2 Polyacrylate or Acusol 480N or polyacrylate/polymethacrylate copolymers
3 Nonionic surfactant according to Example 1.
4 Nonionic surfactant according to Example 5. The following examples further illustrate ADD tablet compositions suitable for use in the methods of this present invention.
EXAMPLES 54-55 Ingredients: Weight %
54 55 STPP 48.0 30
Na2CO3 15.0 25.0
2 R Silicate (SiO2) 4.0 8.0
Catalyst1 0.008 0.004
Savinase™ 12T — 1.0
Termamyl™ 0.6 0.5
Perborate (AvO) 10.0 15.0 Polymer2 2.0 2.0
Dibenzoyl Peroxide 0.2 0.15 Paraffin 1.0 1.0 Benzotriazole 0.5 0.5 Cj Amine Oxide 1.0 1.0
Nonionic Surfactant3 3.0 3.0
Sodium Sulfate, Moisture Rsl:
Pentaamineacetatocobalt(III) nitrate; may be replaced by MnTacN
2 Polyacrylate or Acusol 480N or polyacrylate/polymethacrylate copolymers
3 Nonionic surfactant according to Example 5.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A detergent composition comprising:
(a) from 0.01% to 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R'θ)χCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to 30; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to
30 carbon atoms; provided that when R2 is (ii) then either at least one of R1 is other than C2 to C3 alkylene or R2 has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms ;and
(b) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient.
2. An automatic dishwashing rinse aid composition comprising:
(a) from 0.01% to 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R'O)xCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to 30; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to
30 carbon atoms;
*) 1 provided that when R is (ii) then either at least one of R is other than C2 to C3 alkylene or R has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms;
(b) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient; and
(c) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an aqueous liquid carrier .
3. A bleaching composition comprising:
(a) from 0.01% to 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R'θ)χCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to 30; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of: (i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to
30 carbon atoms; provided that when R2 is (ii) then either at least one of R1 is other than C2 to C3 alkylene or R2 has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms;
(b) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient; and (c) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of a bleaching system.
4. A detergent composition comprising:
(a) from 0.01% to 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
Figure imgf000113_0001
wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to 30; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms;
(b) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an amine oxide co- surfactant; and
(c) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient.
5. A detergent composition comprising:
(a) from 0.01% to 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
Figure imgf000113_0002
wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms;
(b) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of hydrophobic co-surfactant, wherein said hydrophobic co-surfactant has either a HLB value of less than or equal to 12 Kraft temperature of greater than 20°C; and
(c) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient.
6. A detergent composition comprising:
(a) from 0.01% to 50% by weight of the composition of surfactant, wherein said surfactant comprises an ether-capped poly(oxyalylated) alcohol surfactant having the formula:
RO(R1O)xCH(CH3)OR2 wherein, R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms; R1 may be the same or different, and is independently selected from the group consisting of branched or linear C2 to C7 alkylene in any given molecule; x is a number from 1 to 30; and R is selected from the group consisting of:
(i) a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms; and (ii) linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, cyclic or acyclic, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms; (b) from 0.1% to 99% by weight of the composition of an adjunct ingredient; wherein said composition comprises less than 1% of dialkoxylated acetal of the formula:
RO(R' O)χCH(CH3)(OR' )XOR wherein each x is a number independently selected from 1 to 30; and R, and R1, are defined as above.
7. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-6 wherein R is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
8. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-7 wherein R is a linear or branched, saturated, aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 4 to 18 carbon atoms.
9. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 wherein R2 is a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
— C(CH3)2R3 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
10. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 wherein R2 is a 4 to 8 member substituted, or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring containing from 1 to 3 hetero atoms.
11. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 and 10 wherein said heterocycle is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon or alkoxy radical having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or R7 is a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, alicyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon or alkoxy radical having, from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, which is fused to the heterocyclic ring; each A is independently selected from the group consisting of O, and N(R )a, wherein R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a is either 0 or 1; z is an integer from 1 to 3.
12. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-9 wherein R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 7 to 11 carbon atoms; x is a number from 6 to 10; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
— C(CH3)2R3 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, aliphatic radicals having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
13. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 wherein R2 is a hydrocarbon of the formula:
— (CH2)y-X wherein, y is an integer from 0 to 7: and X, is a 4 to 8 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, partially unsaturated cyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
14. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 and 13 wherein R is selected from the group consisting of linear or branched, aliphatic hydrocarbon radicals having from 7 to 11 carbon atoms; x is a number from 6 to 10; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon radical of the formula:
— (CH2)y- X wherein y is 0 and X, is a 5 or 6 membered substituted, or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated cyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical.
15. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 and 13-14 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000118_0001
wherein each R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, aliphatic hydrocarbon or alkoxy radical having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or R9 is a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted, alicyclic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical having, from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, which is fused to the ring; w is an integer from 1 to 3.
16. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 and 13-15 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000118_0002
wherein R is defined as above.
17. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-8 and 13-16 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000118_0003
18. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1, 5 and 6 wherein said composition is in the form of an automatic dishwashing composition and further comprises from 0.01%) to 15% of an amine oxide co-surfactant.
19. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-17 wherein said adjunct ingredient is selected from the group consisting of builders, soil release polymers, co- surfactants, polymeric dispersants, polysaccharides, abrasives, bactericides, tarnish inhibitors, enzymes, dyes, perfumes, thickeners, antioxidants, processing aids, suds boosters, suds suppressors, buffers, antifungal or mildew control agents, insect repellants, anti-corrosive aids, chelants, bleaching agents, bleach catalysts, and mixtures thereof.
20. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 1-19 wherein said composition is in the form of a tablet, granule, powder, liquid, gel, liqui-gel, or bar.
21. The composition as claimed in any one of Claims 4, and 7 to 20 wherein said amine oxide has the formula:
O R3(OR4)xN(R5)2 wherein R^ is an linear or branched alkyl, linear or branched hydroxyalkyl, or linear or branched alkyl phenyl group or mixtures thereof containing from 8 to 22 carbon atoms; R^ is an alkylene or hydroxyalkylene group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof; x is from 0 to 3; and each R^ is an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group containing from 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a polyethylene oxide group containing from 1 to 3 ethylene oxide groups.
PCT/US2000/033411 1999-12-08 2000-12-08 Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants WO2001042411A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP00984111A EP1235892A1 (en) 1999-12-08 2000-12-08 Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
JP2001544288A JP2003516469A (en) 1999-12-08 2000-12-08 Compositions comprising ether-terminated poly (oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
CA002392295A CA2392295A1 (en) 1999-12-08 2000-12-08 Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
AU20789/01A AU2078901A (en) 1999-12-08 2000-12-08 Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
MXPA02005747A MXPA02005747A (en) 1999-12-08 2000-12-08 Compositions including ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants.

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16958599P 1999-12-08 1999-12-08
US60/169,585 1999-12-08
US17880300P 2000-01-28 2000-01-28
US60/178,803 2000-01-28
US66357600A 2000-09-12 2000-09-12
US09/663,576 2000-09-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001042411A1 true WO2001042411A1 (en) 2001-06-14

Family

ID=27389676

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2000/033411 WO2001042411A1 (en) 1999-12-08 2000-12-08 Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1235892A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2003516469A (en)
AU (1) AU2078901A (en)
CA (1) CA2392295A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA02005747A (en)
WO (1) WO2001042411A1 (en)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2829708A1 (en) * 2001-09-18 2003-03-21 Coatex Sas Buffering and dispersing additive for water-based paints comprises a neutralized (meth)acrylic acid homo- or copolymer dispersant and a pH buffer
FR2859921A1 (en) * 2003-09-18 2005-03-25 Seppic Sa Low-foaming, surface-active composition for modifying crystallization in wet process phosphoric acid production, containing (poly)oxyalkylenated alcohol or amine, carboxylic acid and water
WO2009052142A1 (en) * 2007-10-15 2009-04-23 Kemira Chemicals, Inc. Well treatment fluid compositions and methods of use that include a delayed release percarbonate formulation
EP2096152A1 (en) * 2006-11-02 2009-09-02 FUJIFILM Corporation Coating composition
WO2014167374A1 (en) * 2013-04-09 2014-10-16 Services Petroliers Schlumberger (Sps) Compositions and methods for completing subterranean wells
EP2838632A1 (en) * 2012-04-20 2015-02-25 Bci Chemical Corporation Sdn. Bhd. Oil recovery from oil sludge with nanoemulsion surfactant
WO2016146303A1 (en) * 2015-03-19 2016-09-22 Clariant International Ltd Biodegradable sugar-amide-surfactants for enhanced oil recovery
EP3078733A1 (en) * 2007-05-11 2016-10-12 Ecolab Inc. Rinsing of polycarbonate
US9637464B2 (en) 2013-06-18 2017-05-02 Niitaka Co., Ltd. Nonionic surfactant and method for producing nonionic surfactant
CN117185704A (en) * 2023-09-22 2023-12-08 株洲市中建新材料有限公司 Dispersing agent special for high-performance concrete and preparation method thereof

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107266401A (en) * 2012-11-09 2017-10-20 株式会社新高 Cleansing composition
JPWO2014203643A1 (en) * 2013-06-18 2017-02-23 株式会社ニイタカ Solid detergent composition
WO2014203642A1 (en) * 2013-06-18 2014-12-24 株式会社ニイタカ Cleaning agent composition
JP5820501B1 (en) * 2014-05-08 2015-11-24 株式会社ニイタカ Nonionic surfactant and method for producing nonionic surfactant
JP5833179B2 (en) * 2014-05-08 2015-12-16 株式会社ニイタカ Nonionic surfactant and method for producing nonionic surfactant
JP5879005B2 (en) * 2015-10-28 2016-03-08 株式会社ニイタカ Nonionic surfactant and method for producing nonionic surfactant

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2252186A1 (en) * 1972-10-25 1974-05-16 Basf Ag ALKALINE-STABLE, SURFACE-ACTIVE, FOAM-ABSORBING AGENTS (ACETALS)
US5206443A (en) * 1991-04-23 1993-04-27 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Alkanediol bisacetals
WO1994022800A1 (en) * 1993-04-05 1994-10-13 Olin Corporation Biodegradable low foaming surfactants for autodish applications
WO1995013260A1 (en) * 1993-11-10 1995-05-18 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Method of producing mixtures of low-foaming non-ionic surfactants with an acetal structure
WO1996000253A1 (en) * 1994-06-23 1996-01-04 The Dow Chemical Company A surface active composition containing an acetal or ketal adduct
WO1999006466A1 (en) * 1997-08-02 1999-02-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2252186A1 (en) * 1972-10-25 1974-05-16 Basf Ag ALKALINE-STABLE, SURFACE-ACTIVE, FOAM-ABSORBING AGENTS (ACETALS)
US5206443A (en) * 1991-04-23 1993-04-27 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Alkanediol bisacetals
WO1994022800A1 (en) * 1993-04-05 1994-10-13 Olin Corporation Biodegradable low foaming surfactants for autodish applications
WO1995013260A1 (en) * 1993-11-10 1995-05-18 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Method of producing mixtures of low-foaming non-ionic surfactants with an acetal structure
WO1996000253A1 (en) * 1994-06-23 1996-01-04 The Dow Chemical Company A surface active composition containing an acetal or ketal adduct
WO1999006466A1 (en) * 1997-08-02 1999-02-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2829708A1 (en) * 2001-09-18 2003-03-21 Coatex Sas Buffering and dispersing additive for water-based paints comprises a neutralized (meth)acrylic acid homo- or copolymer dispersant and a pH buffer
WO2003024581A2 (en) * 2001-09-18 2003-03-27 Coatex S.A.S. Buffer-effect dispersants for paint bases and compositions
WO2003024581A3 (en) * 2001-09-18 2004-01-22 Coatex Sas Buffer-effect dispersants for paint bases and compositions
KR100898355B1 (en) * 2001-09-18 2009-05-20 코아텍스 소시에떼 빠 악숑 셈쁠리삐에 Buffer-effect dispersants for paint bases and compositions
CN100488613C (en) * 2001-09-18 2009-05-20 可泰克斯有限合伙公司 Buffer-effect dispersants for paint bases and compositions
FR2859921A1 (en) * 2003-09-18 2005-03-25 Seppic Sa Low-foaming, surface-active composition for modifying crystallization in wet process phosphoric acid production, containing (poly)oxyalkylenated alcohol or amine, carboxylic acid and water
EP2096152A1 (en) * 2006-11-02 2009-09-02 FUJIFILM Corporation Coating composition
EP2096152A4 (en) * 2006-11-02 2010-01-13 Fujifilm Corp Coating composition
EP3078733A1 (en) * 2007-05-11 2016-10-12 Ecolab Inc. Rinsing of polycarbonate
US8501670B2 (en) 2007-10-15 2013-08-06 Kemira Chemicals Inc. Well treatment fluid compositions and methods of use that include a delayed release percarbonate formulation
US8338341B2 (en) 2007-10-15 2012-12-25 Kemira Kemi Ab Process for the production of a granule of a coated oxidizing compound such granule and uses of the granule
WO2009052142A1 (en) * 2007-10-15 2009-04-23 Kemira Chemicals, Inc. Well treatment fluid compositions and methods of use that include a delayed release percarbonate formulation
US9150779B2 (en) 2007-10-15 2015-10-06 Kemira Chemicals Inc. Well treatment fluid compositions and methods of use that include a delayed release percarbonate formulation
EP2838632A4 (en) * 2012-04-20 2015-04-22 Bci Chemical Corp Sdn Bhd Oil recovery from oil sludge with nanoemulsion surfactant
EP2838632A1 (en) * 2012-04-20 2015-02-25 Bci Chemical Corporation Sdn. Bhd. Oil recovery from oil sludge with nanoemulsion surfactant
WO2014167374A1 (en) * 2013-04-09 2014-10-16 Services Petroliers Schlumberger (Sps) Compositions and methods for completing subterranean wells
US9637464B2 (en) 2013-06-18 2017-05-02 Niitaka Co., Ltd. Nonionic surfactant and method for producing nonionic surfactant
WO2016146303A1 (en) * 2015-03-19 2016-09-22 Clariant International Ltd Biodegradable sugar-amide-surfactants for enhanced oil recovery
CN107429156A (en) * 2015-03-19 2017-12-01 科莱恩国际有限公司 For improving the biodegradable sugared acidamide surfactant of oil recovery
EA034145B1 (en) * 2015-03-19 2020-01-09 Клариант Интернэшнл Лтд Biodegradable sugar-amide-surfactants for enhanced oil recovery
CN107429156B (en) * 2015-03-19 2020-05-01 科莱恩国际有限公司 Biodegradable sugar-amide-surfactants for enhanced oil recovery
CN117185704A (en) * 2023-09-22 2023-12-08 株洲市中建新材料有限公司 Dispersing agent special for high-performance concrete and preparation method thereof
CN117185704B (en) * 2023-09-22 2024-02-23 株洲市中建新材料有限公司 Dispersing agent special for high-performance concrete and preparation method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2003516469A (en) 2003-05-13
AU2078901A (en) 2001-06-18
MXPA02005747A (en) 2002-09-18
CA2392295A1 (en) 2001-06-14
EP1235892A1 (en) 2002-09-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1235820B1 (en) Ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
US6593287B1 (en) Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
US6844309B1 (en) Ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
CA2362945C (en) Cleaning compositions containing selected nonionic surfactants
DE60026160T2 (en) CLEANING PROCEDURE USING ULTRASONIC SHAFT
WO2001042411A1 (en) Compositions including ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
US20050199261A1 (en) Cleaning process which uses ultrasonic waves
US20050241667A1 (en) Ultrasonic cleaning
US20050241666A1 (en) Ultrasonic implement
EP1235893A2 (en) Ether-capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants
MXPA01008466A (en) Cleaning compositions containing selected nonionic surfactants

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CR CU CZ CZ DE DE DK DK DM DZ EE EE ES FI FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2392295

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 2001 544288

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2002/005747

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000984111

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000984111

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2000984111

Country of ref document: EP